1 | //===--- Expr.h - Classes for representing expressions ----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the Expr interface and subclasses. |
10 | // |
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
12 | |
13 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H |
14 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H |
15 | |
16 | #include "clang/AST/APNumericStorage.h" |
17 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" |
18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTVector.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/ComputeDependence.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/Stmt.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/SyncScope.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
31 | #include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
40 | #include <optional> |
41 | |
42 | namespace clang { |
43 | class APValue; |
44 | class ASTContext; |
45 | class BlockDecl; |
46 | class CXXBaseSpecifier; |
47 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
48 | class CXXOperatorCallExpr; |
49 | class CastExpr; |
50 | class Decl; |
51 | class IdentifierInfo; |
52 | class MaterializeTemporaryExpr; |
53 | class NamedDecl; |
54 | class ObjCPropertyRefExpr; |
55 | class OpaqueValueExpr; |
56 | class ParmVarDecl; |
57 | class StringLiteral; |
58 | class TargetInfo; |
59 | class ValueDecl; |
60 | |
61 | /// A simple array of base specifiers. |
62 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
63 | |
64 | /// An adjustment to be made to the temporary created when emitting a |
65 | /// reference binding, which accesses a particular subobject of that temporary. |
66 | struct SubobjectAdjustment { |
67 | enum { |
68 | DerivedToBaseAdjustment, |
69 | FieldAdjustment, |
70 | MemberPointerAdjustment |
71 | } Kind; |
72 | |
73 | struct DTB { |
74 | const CastExpr *BasePath; |
75 | const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass; |
76 | }; |
77 | |
78 | struct P { |
79 | const MemberPointerType *MPT; |
80 | Expr *RHS; |
81 | }; |
82 | |
83 | union { |
84 | struct DTB DerivedToBase; |
85 | const FieldDecl *Field; |
86 | struct P Ptr; |
87 | }; |
88 | |
89 | SubobjectAdjustment(const CastExpr *BasePath, |
90 | const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass) |
91 | : Kind(DerivedToBaseAdjustment) { |
92 | DerivedToBase.BasePath = BasePath; |
93 | DerivedToBase.DerivedClass = DerivedClass; |
94 | } |
95 | |
96 | SubobjectAdjustment(const FieldDecl *Field) : Kind(FieldAdjustment) { |
97 | this->Field = Field; |
98 | } |
99 | |
100 | SubobjectAdjustment(const MemberPointerType *MPT, Expr *RHS) |
101 | : Kind(MemberPointerAdjustment) { |
102 | this->Ptr.MPT = MPT; |
103 | this->Ptr.RHS = RHS; |
104 | } |
105 | }; |
106 | |
107 | /// This represents one expression. Note that Expr's are subclasses of Stmt. |
108 | /// This allows an expression to be transparently used any place a Stmt is |
109 | /// required. |
110 | class Expr : public ValueStmt { |
111 | QualType TR; |
112 | |
113 | public: |
114 | Expr() = delete; |
115 | Expr(const Expr&) = delete; |
116 | Expr(Expr &&) = delete; |
117 | Expr &operator=(const Expr&) = delete; |
118 | Expr &operator=(Expr&&) = delete; |
119 | |
120 | protected: |
121 | Expr(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK) |
122 | : ValueStmt(SC) { |
123 | ExprBits.Dependent = 0; |
124 | ExprBits.ValueKind = VK; |
125 | ExprBits.ObjectKind = OK; |
126 | assert(ExprBits.ObjectKind == OK && "truncated kind" ); |
127 | setType(T); |
128 | } |
129 | |
130 | /// Construct an empty expression. |
131 | explicit Expr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell) : ValueStmt(SC) { } |
132 | |
133 | /// Each concrete expr subclass is expected to compute its dependence and call |
134 | /// this in the constructor. |
135 | void setDependence(ExprDependence Deps) { |
136 | ExprBits.Dependent = static_cast<unsigned>(Deps); |
137 | } |
138 | friend class ASTImporter; // Sets dependence directly. |
139 | friend class ASTStmtReader; // Sets dependence directly. |
140 | |
141 | public: |
142 | QualType getType() const { return TR; } |
143 | void setType(QualType t) { |
144 | // In C++, the type of an expression is always adjusted so that it |
145 | // will not have reference type (C++ [expr]p6). Use |
146 | // QualType::getNonReferenceType() to retrieve the non-reference |
147 | // type. Additionally, inspect Expr::isLvalue to determine whether |
148 | // an expression that is adjusted in this manner should be |
149 | // considered an lvalue. |
150 | assert((t.isNull() || !t->isReferenceType()) && |
151 | "Expressions can't have reference type" ); |
152 | |
153 | TR = t; |
154 | } |
155 | |
156 | /// If this expression is an enumeration constant, return the |
157 | /// enumeration type under which said constant was declared. |
158 | /// Otherwise return the expression's type. |
159 | /// Note this effectively circumvents the weak typing of C's enum constants |
160 | QualType getEnumCoercedType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
161 | |
162 | ExprDependence getDependence() const { |
163 | return static_cast<ExprDependence>(ExprBits.Dependent); |
164 | } |
165 | |
166 | /// Determines whether the value of this expression depends on |
167 | /// - a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]) |
168 | /// - or an error, whose resolution is unknown |
169 | /// |
170 | /// For example, the array bound of "Chars" in the following example is |
171 | /// value-dependent. |
172 | /// @code |
173 | /// template<int Size, char (&Chars)[Size]> struct meta_string; |
174 | /// @endcode |
175 | bool isValueDependent() const { |
176 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Value); |
177 | } |
178 | |
179 | /// Determines whether the type of this expression depends on |
180 | /// - a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.expr], which means that its type |
181 | /// could change from one template instantiation to the next) |
182 | /// - or an error |
183 | /// |
184 | /// For example, the expressions "x" and "x + y" are type-dependent in |
185 | /// the following code, but "y" is not type-dependent: |
186 | /// @code |
187 | /// template<typename T> |
188 | /// void add(T x, int y) { |
189 | /// x + y; |
190 | /// } |
191 | /// @endcode |
192 | bool isTypeDependent() const { |
193 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Type); |
194 | } |
195 | |
196 | /// Whether this expression is instantiation-dependent, meaning that |
197 | /// it depends in some way on |
198 | /// - a template parameter (even if neither its type nor (constant) value |
199 | /// can change due to the template instantiation) |
200 | /// - or an error |
201 | /// |
202 | /// In the following example, the expression \c sizeof(sizeof(T() + T())) is |
203 | /// instantiation-dependent (since it involves a template parameter \c T), but |
204 | /// is neither type- nor value-dependent, since the type of the inner |
205 | /// \c sizeof is known (\c std::size_t) and therefore the size of the outer |
206 | /// \c sizeof is known. |
207 | /// |
208 | /// \code |
209 | /// template<typename T> |
210 | /// void f(T x, T y) { |
211 | /// sizeof(sizeof(T() + T()); |
212 | /// } |
213 | /// \endcode |
214 | /// |
215 | /// \code |
216 | /// void func(int) { |
217 | /// func(); // the expression is instantiation-dependent, because it depends |
218 | /// // on an error. |
219 | /// } |
220 | /// \endcode |
221 | bool isInstantiationDependent() const { |
222 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Instantiation); |
223 | } |
224 | |
225 | /// Whether this expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
226 | /// pack (for C++11 variadic templates). |
227 | /// |
228 | /// Given the following function template: |
229 | /// |
230 | /// \code |
231 | /// template<typename F, typename ...Types> |
232 | /// void forward(const F &f, Types &&...args) { |
233 | /// f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...); |
234 | /// } |
235 | /// \endcode |
236 | /// |
237 | /// The expressions \c args and \c static_cast<Types&&>(args) both |
238 | /// contain parameter packs. |
239 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
240 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::UnexpandedPack); |
241 | } |
242 | |
243 | /// Whether this expression contains subexpressions which had errors, e.g. a |
244 | /// TypoExpr. |
245 | bool containsErrors() const { |
246 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Error); |
247 | } |
248 | |
249 | /// getExprLoc - Return the preferred location for the arrow when diagnosing |
250 | /// a problem with a generic expression. |
251 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
252 | |
253 | /// Determine whether an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion should implicitly be |
254 | /// applied to this expression if it appears as a discarded-value expression |
255 | /// in C++11 onwards. This applies to certain forms of volatile glvalues. |
256 | bool isReadIfDiscardedInCPlusPlus11() const; |
257 | |
258 | /// isUnusedResultAWarning - Return true if this immediate expression should |
259 | /// be warned about if the result is unused. If so, fill in expr, location, |
260 | /// and ranges with expr to warn on and source locations/ranges appropriate |
261 | /// for a warning. |
262 | bool isUnusedResultAWarning(const Expr *&WarnExpr, SourceLocation &Loc, |
263 | SourceRange &R1, SourceRange &R2, |
264 | ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
265 | |
266 | /// isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to |
267 | /// the rules of the current language. C and C++ give somewhat |
268 | /// different rules for this concept, but in general, the result of |
269 | /// an l-value expression identifies a specific object whereas the |
270 | /// result of an r-value expression is a value detached from any |
271 | /// specific storage. |
272 | /// |
273 | /// C++11 divides the concept of "r-value" into pure r-values |
274 | /// ("pr-values") and so-called expiring values ("x-values"), which |
275 | /// identify specific objects that can be safely cannibalized for |
276 | /// their resources. |
277 | bool isLValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_LValue; } |
278 | bool isPRValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_PRValue; } |
279 | bool isXValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_XValue; } |
280 | bool isGLValue() const { return getValueKind() != VK_PRValue; } |
281 | |
282 | enum LValueClassification { |
283 | LV_Valid, |
284 | LV_NotObjectType, |
285 | LV_IncompleteVoidType, |
286 | LV_DuplicateVectorComponents, |
287 | LV_InvalidExpression, |
288 | LV_InvalidMessageExpression, |
289 | LV_MemberFunction, |
290 | LV_SubObjCPropertySetting, |
291 | LV_ClassTemporary, |
292 | LV_ArrayTemporary |
293 | }; |
294 | /// Reasons why an expression might not be an l-value. |
295 | LValueClassification ClassifyLValue(ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
296 | |
297 | enum isModifiableLvalueResult { |
298 | MLV_Valid, |
299 | MLV_NotObjectType, |
300 | MLV_IncompleteVoidType, |
301 | MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents, |
302 | MLV_InvalidExpression, |
303 | MLV_LValueCast, // Specialized form of MLV_InvalidExpression. |
304 | MLV_IncompleteType, |
305 | MLV_ConstQualified, |
306 | MLV_ConstQualifiedField, |
307 | MLV_ConstAddrSpace, |
308 | MLV_ArrayType, |
309 | MLV_NoSetterProperty, |
310 | MLV_MemberFunction, |
311 | MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting, |
312 | MLV_InvalidMessageExpression, |
313 | MLV_ClassTemporary, |
314 | MLV_ArrayTemporary |
315 | }; |
316 | /// isModifiableLvalue - C99 6.3.2.1: an lvalue that does not have array type, |
317 | /// does not have an incomplete type, does not have a const-qualified type, |
318 | /// and if it is a structure or union, does not have any member (including, |
319 | /// recursively, any member or element of all contained aggregates or unions) |
320 | /// with a const-qualified type. |
321 | /// |
322 | /// \param Loc [in,out] - A source location which *may* be filled |
323 | /// in with the location of the expression making this a |
324 | /// non-modifiable lvalue, if specified. |
325 | isModifiableLvalueResult |
326 | isModifiableLvalue(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const; |
327 | |
328 | /// The return type of classify(). Represents the C++11 expression |
329 | /// taxonomy. |
330 | class Classification { |
331 | public: |
332 | /// The various classification results. Most of these mean prvalue. |
333 | enum Kinds { |
334 | CL_LValue, |
335 | CL_XValue, |
336 | CL_Function, // Functions cannot be lvalues in C. |
337 | CL_Void, // Void cannot be an lvalue in C. |
338 | CL_AddressableVoid, // Void expression whose address can be taken in C. |
339 | CL_DuplicateVectorComponents, // A vector shuffle with dupes. |
340 | CL_MemberFunction, // An expression referring to a member function |
341 | CL_SubObjCPropertySetting, |
342 | CL_ClassTemporary, // A temporary of class type, or subobject thereof. |
343 | CL_ArrayTemporary, // A temporary of array type. |
344 | CL_ObjCMessageRValue, // ObjC message is an rvalue |
345 | CL_PRValue // A prvalue for any other reason, of any other type |
346 | }; |
347 | /// The results of modification testing. |
348 | enum ModifiableType { |
349 | CM_Untested, // testModifiable was false. |
350 | CM_Modifiable, |
351 | CM_RValue, // Not modifiable because it's an rvalue |
352 | CM_Function, // Not modifiable because it's a function; C++ only |
353 | CM_LValueCast, // Same as CM_RValue, but indicates GCC cast-as-lvalue ext |
354 | CM_NoSetterProperty,// Implicit assignment to ObjC property without setter |
355 | CM_ConstQualified, |
356 | CM_ConstQualifiedField, |
357 | CM_ConstAddrSpace, |
358 | CM_ArrayType, |
359 | CM_IncompleteType |
360 | }; |
361 | |
362 | private: |
363 | friend class Expr; |
364 | |
365 | unsigned short Kind; |
366 | unsigned short Modifiable; |
367 | |
368 | explicit Classification(Kinds k, ModifiableType m) |
369 | : Kind(k), Modifiable(m) |
370 | {} |
371 | |
372 | public: |
373 | Classification() {} |
374 | |
375 | Kinds getKind() const { return static_cast<Kinds>(Kind); } |
376 | ModifiableType getModifiable() const { |
377 | assert(Modifiable != CM_Untested && "Did not test for modifiability." ); |
378 | return static_cast<ModifiableType>(Modifiable); |
379 | } |
380 | bool isLValue() const { return Kind == CL_LValue; } |
381 | bool isXValue() const { return Kind == CL_XValue; } |
382 | bool isGLValue() const { return Kind <= CL_XValue; } |
383 | bool isPRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_Function; } |
384 | bool isRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_XValue; } |
385 | bool isModifiable() const { return getModifiable() == CM_Modifiable; } |
386 | |
387 | /// Create a simple, modifiably lvalue |
388 | static Classification makeSimpleLValue() { |
389 | return Classification(CL_LValue, CM_Modifiable); |
390 | } |
391 | |
392 | }; |
393 | /// Classify - Classify this expression according to the C++11 |
394 | /// expression taxonomy. |
395 | /// |
396 | /// C++11 defines ([basic.lval]) a new taxonomy of expressions to replace the |
397 | /// old lvalue vs rvalue. This function determines the type of expression this |
398 | /// is. There are three expression types: |
399 | /// - lvalues are classical lvalues as in C++03. |
400 | /// - prvalues are equivalent to rvalues in C++03. |
401 | /// - xvalues are expressions yielding unnamed rvalue references, e.g. a |
402 | /// function returning an rvalue reference. |
403 | /// lvalues and xvalues are collectively referred to as glvalues, while |
404 | /// prvalues and xvalues together form rvalues. |
405 | Classification Classify(ASTContext &Ctx) const { |
406 | return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, Loc: nullptr); |
407 | } |
408 | |
409 | /// ClassifyModifiable - Classify this expression according to the |
410 | /// C++11 expression taxonomy, and see if it is valid on the left side |
411 | /// of an assignment. |
412 | /// |
413 | /// This function extends classify in that it also tests whether the |
414 | /// expression is modifiable (C99 6.3.2.1p1). |
415 | /// \param Loc A source location that might be filled with a relevant location |
416 | /// if the expression is not modifiable. |
417 | Classification ClassifyModifiable(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation &Loc) const{ |
418 | return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, Loc: &Loc); |
419 | } |
420 | |
421 | /// Returns the set of floating point options that apply to this expression. |
422 | /// Only meaningful for operations on floating point values. |
423 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const; |
424 | |
425 | /// getValueKindForType - Given a formal return or parameter type, |
426 | /// give its value kind. |
427 | static ExprValueKind getValueKindForType(QualType T) { |
428 | if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
429 | return (isa<LValueReferenceType>(Val: RT) |
430 | ? VK_LValue |
431 | : (RT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType() |
432 | ? VK_LValue : VK_XValue)); |
433 | return VK_PRValue; |
434 | } |
435 | |
436 | /// getValueKind - The value kind that this expression produces. |
437 | ExprValueKind getValueKind() const { |
438 | return static_cast<ExprValueKind>(ExprBits.ValueKind); |
439 | } |
440 | |
441 | /// getObjectKind - The object kind that this expression produces. |
442 | /// Object kinds are meaningful only for expressions that yield an |
443 | /// l-value or x-value. |
444 | ExprObjectKind getObjectKind() const { |
445 | return static_cast<ExprObjectKind>(ExprBits.ObjectKind); |
446 | } |
447 | |
448 | bool isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() const { |
449 | ExprObjectKind OK = getObjectKind(); |
450 | return (OK == OK_Ordinary || OK == OK_BitField); |
451 | } |
452 | |
453 | /// setValueKind - Set the value kind produced by this expression. |
454 | void setValueKind(ExprValueKind Cat) { ExprBits.ValueKind = Cat; } |
455 | |
456 | /// setObjectKind - Set the object kind produced by this expression. |
457 | void setObjectKind(ExprObjectKind Cat) { ExprBits.ObjectKind = Cat; } |
458 | |
459 | private: |
460 | Classification ClassifyImpl(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc) const; |
461 | |
462 | public: |
463 | |
464 | /// Returns true if this expression is a gl-value that |
465 | /// potentially refers to a bit-field. |
466 | /// |
467 | /// In C++, whether a gl-value refers to a bitfield is essentially |
468 | /// an aspect of the value-kind type system. |
469 | bool refersToBitField() const { return getObjectKind() == OK_BitField; } |
470 | |
471 | /// If this expression refers to a bit-field, retrieve the |
472 | /// declaration of that bit-field. |
473 | /// |
474 | /// Note that this returns a non-null pointer in subtly different |
475 | /// places than refersToBitField returns true. In particular, this can |
476 | /// return a non-null pointer even for r-values loaded from |
477 | /// bit-fields, but it will return null for a conditional bit-field. |
478 | FieldDecl *getSourceBitField(); |
479 | |
480 | /// If this expression refers to an enum constant, retrieve its declaration |
481 | EnumConstantDecl *getEnumConstantDecl(); |
482 | |
483 | const EnumConstantDecl *getEnumConstantDecl() const { |
484 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->getEnumConstantDecl(); |
485 | } |
486 | |
487 | const FieldDecl *getSourceBitField() const { |
488 | return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getSourceBitField(); |
489 | } |
490 | |
491 | Decl *getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); |
492 | const Decl *getReferencedDeclOfCallee() const { |
493 | return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); |
494 | } |
495 | |
496 | /// If this expression is an l-value for an Objective C |
497 | /// property, find the underlying property reference expression. |
498 | const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *getObjCProperty() const; |
499 | |
500 | /// Check if this expression is the ObjC 'self' implicit parameter. |
501 | bool isObjCSelfExpr() const; |
502 | |
503 | /// Returns whether this expression refers to a vector element. |
504 | bool refersToVectorElement() const; |
505 | |
506 | /// Returns whether this expression refers to a matrix element. |
507 | bool refersToMatrixElement() const { |
508 | return getObjectKind() == OK_MatrixComponent; |
509 | } |
510 | |
511 | /// Returns whether this expression refers to a global register |
512 | /// variable. |
513 | bool refersToGlobalRegisterVar() const; |
514 | |
515 | /// Returns whether this expression has a placeholder type. |
516 | bool hasPlaceholderType() const { |
517 | return getType()->isPlaceholderType(); |
518 | } |
519 | |
520 | /// Returns whether this expression has a specific placeholder type. |
521 | bool hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::Kind K) const { |
522 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind(K)); |
523 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Val: getType())) |
524 | return BT->getKind() == K; |
525 | return false; |
526 | } |
527 | |
528 | /// isKnownToHaveBooleanValue - Return true if this is an integer expression |
529 | /// that is known to return 0 or 1. This happens for _Bool/bool expressions |
530 | /// but also int expressions which are produced by things like comparisons in |
531 | /// C. |
532 | /// |
533 | /// \param Semantic If true, only return true for expressions that are known |
534 | /// to be semantically boolean, which might not be true even for expressions |
535 | /// that are known to evaluate to 0/1. For instance, reading an unsigned |
536 | /// bit-field with width '1' will evaluate to 0/1, but doesn't necessarily |
537 | /// semantically correspond to a bool. |
538 | bool isKnownToHaveBooleanValue(bool Semantic = true) const; |
539 | |
540 | /// Check whether this array fits the idiom of a flexible array member, |
541 | /// depending on the value of -fstrict-flex-array. |
542 | /// When IgnoreTemplateOrMacroSubstitution is set, it doesn't consider sizes |
543 | /// resulting from the substitution of a macro or a template as special sizes. |
544 | bool isFlexibleArrayMemberLike( |
545 | ASTContext &Context, |
546 | LangOptions::StrictFlexArraysLevelKind StrictFlexArraysLevel, |
547 | bool IgnoreTemplateOrMacroSubstitution = false) const; |
548 | |
549 | /// isIntegerConstantExpr - Return the value if this expression is a valid |
550 | /// integer constant expression. If not a valid i-c-e, return std::nullopt |
551 | /// and fill in Loc (if specified) with the location of the invalid |
552 | /// expression. |
553 | /// |
554 | /// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11 |
555 | /// [expr.const]p5. |
556 | std::optional<llvm::APSInt> |
557 | getIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
558 | SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const; |
559 | bool isIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
560 | SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const; |
561 | |
562 | /// isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is an |
563 | /// integral constant expression in C++98. Can only be used in C++. |
564 | bool isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
565 | |
566 | /// isCXX11ConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is a constant |
567 | /// expression in C++11. Can only be used in C++. |
568 | /// |
569 | /// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11 |
570 | /// [expr.const]p5. |
571 | bool isCXX11ConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue *Result = nullptr, |
572 | SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const; |
573 | |
574 | /// isPotentialConstantExpr - Return true if this function's definition |
575 | /// might be usable in a constant expression in C++11, if it were marked |
576 | /// constexpr. Return false if the function can never produce a constant |
577 | /// expression, along with diagnostics describing why not. |
578 | static bool isPotentialConstantExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
579 | SmallVectorImpl< |
580 | PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags); |
581 | |
582 | /// isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated - Return true if this expression might |
583 | /// be usable in a constant expression in C++11 in an unevaluated context, if |
584 | /// it were in function FD marked constexpr. Return false if the function can |
585 | /// never produce a constant expression, along with diagnostics describing |
586 | /// why not. |
587 | static bool isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Expr *E, |
588 | const FunctionDecl *FD, |
589 | SmallVectorImpl< |
590 | PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags); |
591 | |
592 | /// isConstantInitializer - Returns true if this expression can be emitted to |
593 | /// IR as a constant, and thus can be used as a constant initializer in C. |
594 | /// If this expression is not constant and Culprit is non-null, |
595 | /// it is used to store the address of first non constant expr. |
596 | bool isConstantInitializer(ASTContext &Ctx, bool ForRef, |
597 | const Expr **Culprit = nullptr) const; |
598 | |
599 | /// If this expression is an unambiguous reference to a single declaration, |
600 | /// in the style of __builtin_function_start, return that declaration. Note |
601 | /// that this may return a non-static member function or field in C++ if this |
602 | /// expression is a member pointer constant. |
603 | const ValueDecl *getAsBuiltinConstantDeclRef(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
604 | |
605 | /// EvalStatus is a struct with detailed info about an evaluation in progress. |
606 | struct EvalStatus { |
607 | /// Whether the evaluated expression has side effects. |
608 | /// For example, (f() && 0) can be folded, but it still has side effects. |
609 | bool HasSideEffects = false; |
610 | |
611 | /// Whether the evaluation hit undefined behavior. |
612 | /// For example, 1.0 / 0.0 can be folded to Inf, but has undefined behavior. |
613 | /// Likewise, INT_MAX + 1 can be folded to INT_MIN, but has UB. |
614 | bool HasUndefinedBehavior = false; |
615 | |
616 | /// Diag - If this is non-null, it will be filled in with a stack of notes |
617 | /// indicating why evaluation failed (or why it failed to produce a constant |
618 | /// expression). |
619 | /// If the expression is unfoldable, the notes will indicate why it's not |
620 | /// foldable. If the expression is foldable, but not a constant expression, |
621 | /// the notes will describes why it isn't a constant expression. If the |
622 | /// expression *is* a constant expression, no notes will be produced. |
623 | /// |
624 | /// FIXME: this causes significant performance concerns and should be |
625 | /// refactored at some point. Not all evaluations of the constant |
626 | /// expression interpreter will display the given diagnostics, this means |
627 | /// those kinds of uses are paying the expense of generating a diagnostic |
628 | /// (which may include expensive operations like converting APValue objects |
629 | /// to a string representation). |
630 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr; |
631 | |
632 | EvalStatus() = default; |
633 | |
634 | // hasSideEffects - Return true if the evaluated expression has |
635 | // side effects. |
636 | bool hasSideEffects() const { |
637 | return HasSideEffects; |
638 | } |
639 | }; |
640 | |
641 | /// EvalResult is a struct with detailed info about an evaluated expression. |
642 | struct EvalResult : EvalStatus { |
643 | /// Val - This is the value the expression can be folded to. |
644 | APValue Val; |
645 | |
646 | // isGlobalLValue - Return true if the evaluated lvalue expression |
647 | // is global. |
648 | bool isGlobalLValue() const; |
649 | }; |
650 | |
651 | /// EvaluateAsRValue - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold to |
652 | /// an rvalue using any crazy technique (that has nothing to do with language |
653 | /// standards) that we want to, even if the expression has side-effects. If |
654 | /// this function returns true, it returns the folded constant in Result. If |
655 | /// the expression is a glvalue, an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion will be |
656 | /// applied. |
657 | bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
658 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
659 | |
660 | /// EvaluateAsBooleanCondition - Return true if this is a constant |
661 | /// which we can fold and convert to a boolean condition using |
662 | /// any crazy technique that we want to, even if the expression has |
663 | /// side-effects. |
664 | bool EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(bool &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
665 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
666 | |
667 | enum SideEffectsKind { |
668 | SE_NoSideEffects, ///< Strictly evaluate the expression. |
669 | SE_AllowUndefinedBehavior, ///< Allow UB that we can give a value, but not |
670 | ///< arbitrary unmodeled side effects. |
671 | SE_AllowSideEffects ///< Allow any unmodeled side effect. |
672 | }; |
673 | |
674 | /// EvaluateAsInt - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and |
675 | /// convert to an integer, using any crazy technique that we want to. |
676 | bool EvaluateAsInt(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
677 | SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects, |
678 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
679 | |
680 | /// EvaluateAsFloat - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and |
681 | /// convert to a floating point value, using any crazy technique that we |
682 | /// want to. |
683 | bool EvaluateAsFloat(llvm::APFloat &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
684 | SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects, |
685 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
686 | |
687 | /// EvaluateAsFixedPoint - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold |
688 | /// and convert to a fixed point value. |
689 | bool EvaluateAsFixedPoint(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
690 | SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects, |
691 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
692 | |
693 | /// isEvaluatable - Call EvaluateAsRValue to see if this expression can be |
694 | /// constant folded without side-effects, but discard the result. |
695 | bool isEvaluatable(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
696 | SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects) const; |
697 | |
698 | /// HasSideEffects - This routine returns true for all those expressions |
699 | /// which have any effect other than producing a value. Example is a function |
700 | /// call, volatile variable read, or throwing an exception. If |
701 | /// IncludePossibleEffects is false, this call treats certain expressions with |
702 | /// potential side effects (such as function call-like expressions, |
703 | /// instantiation-dependent expressions, or invocations from a macro) as not |
704 | /// having side effects. |
705 | bool HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
706 | bool IncludePossibleEffects = true) const; |
707 | |
708 | /// Determine whether this expression involves a call to any function |
709 | /// that is not trivial. |
710 | bool hasNonTrivialCall(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
711 | |
712 | /// EvaluateKnownConstInt - Call EvaluateAsRValue and return the folded |
713 | /// integer. This must be called on an expression that constant folds to an |
714 | /// integer. |
715 | llvm::APSInt EvaluateKnownConstInt( |
716 | const ASTContext &Ctx, |
717 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr) const; |
718 | |
719 | llvm::APSInt EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow( |
720 | const ASTContext &Ctx, |
721 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr) const; |
722 | |
723 | void EvaluateForOverflow(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
724 | |
725 | /// EvaluateAsLValue - Evaluate an expression to see if we can fold it to an |
726 | /// lvalue with link time known address, with no side-effects. |
727 | bool EvaluateAsLValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
728 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
729 | |
730 | /// EvaluateAsInitializer - Evaluate an expression as if it were the |
731 | /// initializer of the given declaration. Returns true if the initializer |
732 | /// can be folded to a constant, and produces any relevant notes. In C++11, |
733 | /// notes will be produced if the expression is not a constant expression. |
734 | bool EvaluateAsInitializer(APValue &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
735 | const VarDecl *VD, |
736 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes, |
737 | bool IsConstantInitializer) const; |
738 | |
739 | /// EvaluateWithSubstitution - Evaluate an expression as if from the context |
740 | /// of a call to the given function with the given arguments, inside an |
741 | /// unevaluated context. Returns true if the expression could be folded to a |
742 | /// constant. |
743 | bool EvaluateWithSubstitution(APValue &Value, ASTContext &Ctx, |
744 | const FunctionDecl *Callee, |
745 | ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args, |
746 | const Expr *This = nullptr) const; |
747 | |
748 | enum class ConstantExprKind { |
749 | /// An integer constant expression (an array bound, enumerator, case value, |
750 | /// bit-field width, or similar) or similar. |
751 | Normal, |
752 | /// A non-class template argument. Such a value is only used for mangling, |
753 | /// not for code generation, so can refer to dllimported functions. |
754 | NonClassTemplateArgument, |
755 | /// A class template argument. Such a value is used for code generation. |
756 | ClassTemplateArgument, |
757 | /// An immediate invocation. The destruction of the end result of this |
758 | /// evaluation is not part of the evaluation, but all other temporaries |
759 | /// are destroyed. |
760 | ImmediateInvocation, |
761 | }; |
762 | |
763 | /// Evaluate an expression that is required to be a constant expression. Does |
764 | /// not check the syntactic constraints for C and C++98 constant expressions. |
765 | bool EvaluateAsConstantExpr( |
766 | EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
767 | ConstantExprKind Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal) const; |
768 | |
769 | /// If the current Expr is a pointer, this will try to statically |
770 | /// determine the number of bytes available where the pointer is pointing. |
771 | /// Returns true if all of the above holds and we were able to figure out the |
772 | /// size, false otherwise. |
773 | /// |
774 | /// \param Type - How to evaluate the size of the Expr, as defined by the |
775 | /// "type" parameter of __builtin_object_size |
776 | bool tryEvaluateObjectSize(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx, |
777 | unsigned Type) const; |
778 | |
779 | /// If the current Expr is a pointer, this will try to statically |
780 | /// determine the strlen of the string pointed to. |
781 | /// Returns true if all of the above holds and we were able to figure out the |
782 | /// strlen, false otherwise. |
783 | bool tryEvaluateStrLen(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
784 | |
785 | bool EvaluateCharRangeAsString(std::string &Result, |
786 | const Expr *SizeExpression, |
787 | const Expr *PtrExpression, ASTContext &Ctx, |
788 | EvalResult &Status) const; |
789 | |
790 | /// Enumeration used to describe the kind of Null pointer constant |
791 | /// returned from \c isNullPointerConstant(). |
792 | enum NullPointerConstantKind { |
793 | /// Expression is not a Null pointer constant. |
794 | NPCK_NotNull = 0, |
795 | |
796 | /// Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a zero integer |
797 | /// expression that is not a simple, possibly parenthesized, zero literal. |
798 | /// C++ Core Issue 903 will classify these expressions as "not pointers" |
799 | /// once it is adopted. |
800 | /// http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 |
801 | NPCK_ZeroExpression, |
802 | |
803 | /// Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a literal zero. |
804 | NPCK_ZeroLiteral, |
805 | |
806 | /// Expression is a C++11 nullptr. |
807 | NPCK_CXX11_nullptr, |
808 | |
809 | /// Expression is a GNU-style __null constant. |
810 | NPCK_GNUNull |
811 | }; |
812 | |
813 | /// Enumeration used to describe how \c isNullPointerConstant() |
814 | /// should cope with value-dependent expressions. |
815 | enum NullPointerConstantValueDependence { |
816 | /// Specifies that the expression should never be value-dependent. |
817 | NPC_NeverValueDependent = 0, |
818 | |
819 | /// Specifies that a value-dependent expression of integral or |
820 | /// dependent type should be considered a null pointer constant. |
821 | NPC_ValueDependentIsNull, |
822 | |
823 | /// Specifies that a value-dependent expression should be considered |
824 | /// to never be a null pointer constant. |
825 | NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull |
826 | }; |
827 | |
828 | /// isNullPointerConstant - C99 6.3.2.3p3 - Test if this reduces down to |
829 | /// a Null pointer constant. The return value can further distinguish the |
830 | /// kind of NULL pointer constant that was detected. |
831 | NullPointerConstantKind isNullPointerConstant( |
832 | ASTContext &Ctx, |
833 | NullPointerConstantValueDependence NPC) const; |
834 | |
835 | /// isOBJCGCCandidate - Return true if this expression may be used in a read/ |
836 | /// write barrier. |
837 | bool isOBJCGCCandidate(ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
838 | |
839 | /// Returns true if this expression is a bound member function. |
840 | bool isBoundMemberFunction(ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
841 | |
842 | /// Given an expression of bound-member type, find the type |
843 | /// of the member. Returns null if this is an *overloaded* bound |
844 | /// member expression. |
845 | static QualType findBoundMemberType(const Expr *expr); |
846 | |
847 | /// Skip past any invisible AST nodes which might surround this |
848 | /// statement, such as ExprWithCleanups or ImplicitCastExpr nodes, |
849 | /// but also injected CXXMemberExpr and CXXConstructExpr which represent |
850 | /// implicit conversions. |
851 | Expr *IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource(); |
852 | const Expr *IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource() const { |
853 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource(); |
854 | } |
855 | |
856 | /// Skip past any implicit casts which might surround this expression until |
857 | /// reaching a fixed point. Skips: |
858 | /// * ImplicitCastExpr |
859 | /// * FullExpr |
860 | Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
861 | const Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() const { |
862 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
863 | } |
864 | |
865 | /// Skip past any casts which might surround this expression until reaching |
866 | /// a fixed point. Skips: |
867 | /// * CastExpr |
868 | /// * FullExpr |
869 | /// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr |
870 | /// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr |
871 | Expr *IgnoreCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
872 | const Expr *IgnoreCasts() const { |
873 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreCasts(); |
874 | } |
875 | |
876 | /// Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression |
877 | /// until reaching a fixed point. Skips: |
878 | /// * What IgnoreImpCasts() skips |
879 | /// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr |
880 | /// * CXXBindTemporaryExpr |
881 | Expr *IgnoreImplicit() LLVM_READONLY; |
882 | const Expr *IgnoreImplicit() const { |
883 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImplicit(); |
884 | } |
885 | |
886 | /// Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression |
887 | /// until reaching a fixed point. Same as IgnoreImplicit, except that it |
888 | /// also skips over implicit calls to constructors and conversion functions. |
889 | /// |
890 | /// FIXME: Should IgnoreImplicit do this? |
891 | Expr *IgnoreImplicitAsWritten() LLVM_READONLY; |
892 | const Expr *IgnoreImplicitAsWritten() const { |
893 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImplicitAsWritten(); |
894 | } |
895 | |
896 | /// Skip past any parentheses which might surround this expression until |
897 | /// reaching a fixed point. Skips: |
898 | /// * ParenExpr |
899 | /// * UnaryOperator if `UO_Extension` |
900 | /// * GenericSelectionExpr if `!isResultDependent()` |
901 | /// * ChooseExpr if `!isConditionDependent()` |
902 | /// * ConstantExpr |
903 | Expr *IgnoreParens() LLVM_READONLY; |
904 | const Expr *IgnoreParens() const { |
905 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParens(); |
906 | } |
907 | |
908 | /// Skip past any parentheses and implicit casts which might surround this |
909 | /// expression until reaching a fixed point. |
910 | /// FIXME: IgnoreParenImpCasts really ought to be equivalent to |
911 | /// IgnoreParens() + IgnoreImpCasts() until reaching a fixed point. However |
912 | /// this is currently not the case. Instead IgnoreParenImpCasts() skips: |
913 | /// * What IgnoreParens() skips |
914 | /// * What IgnoreImpCasts() skips |
915 | /// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr |
916 | /// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr |
917 | Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
918 | const Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() const { |
919 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
920 | } |
921 | |
922 | /// Skip past any parentheses and casts which might surround this expression |
923 | /// until reaching a fixed point. Skips: |
924 | /// * What IgnoreParens() skips |
925 | /// * What IgnoreCasts() skips |
926 | Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
927 | const Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() const { |
928 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
929 | } |
930 | |
931 | /// Skip conversion operators. If this Expr is a call to a conversion |
932 | /// operator, return the argument. |
933 | Expr *IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep() LLVM_READONLY; |
934 | const Expr *IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep() const { |
935 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep(); |
936 | } |
937 | |
938 | /// Skip past any parentheses and lvalue casts which might surround this |
939 | /// expression until reaching a fixed point. Skips: |
940 | /// * What IgnoreParens() skips |
941 | /// * What IgnoreCasts() skips, except that only lvalue-to-rvalue |
942 | /// casts are skipped |
943 | /// FIXME: This is intended purely as a temporary workaround for code |
944 | /// that hasn't yet been rewritten to do the right thing about those |
945 | /// casts, and may disappear along with the last internal use. |
946 | Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
947 | const Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() const { |
948 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenLValueCasts(); |
949 | } |
950 | |
951 | /// Skip past any parentheses and casts which do not change the value |
952 | /// (including ptr->int casts of the same size) until reaching a fixed point. |
953 | /// Skips: |
954 | /// * What IgnoreParens() skips |
955 | /// * CastExpr which do not change the value |
956 | /// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr |
957 | Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(const ASTContext &Ctx) LLVM_READONLY; |
958 | const Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(const ASTContext &Ctx) const { |
959 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Ctx); |
960 | } |
961 | |
962 | /// Skip past any parentheses and derived-to-base casts until reaching a |
963 | /// fixed point. Skips: |
964 | /// * What IgnoreParens() skips |
965 | /// * CastExpr which represent a derived-to-base cast (CK_DerivedToBase, |
966 | /// CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase and CK_NoOp) |
967 | Expr *IgnoreParenBaseCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
968 | const Expr *IgnoreParenBaseCasts() const { |
969 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenBaseCasts(); |
970 | } |
971 | |
972 | /// Determine whether this expression is a default function argument. |
973 | /// |
974 | /// Default arguments are implicitly generated in the abstract syntax tree |
975 | /// by semantic analysis for function calls, object constructions, etc. in |
976 | /// C++. Default arguments are represented by \c CXXDefaultArgExpr nodes; |
977 | /// this routine also looks through any implicit casts to determine whether |
978 | /// the expression is a default argument. |
979 | bool isDefaultArgument() const; |
980 | |
981 | /// Determine whether the result of this expression is a |
982 | /// temporary object of the given class type. |
983 | bool isTemporaryObject(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *TempTy) const; |
984 | |
985 | /// Whether this expression is an implicit reference to 'this' in C++. |
986 | bool isImplicitCXXThis() const; |
987 | |
988 | static bool hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
989 | |
990 | /// For an expression of class type or pointer to class type, |
991 | /// return the most derived class decl the expression is known to refer to. |
992 | /// |
993 | /// If this expression is a cast, this method looks through it to find the |
994 | /// most derived decl that can be inferred from the expression. |
995 | /// This is valid because derived-to-base conversions have undefined |
996 | /// behavior if the object isn't dynamically of the derived type. |
997 | const CXXRecordDecl *getBestDynamicClassType() const; |
998 | |
999 | /// Get the inner expression that determines the best dynamic class. |
1000 | /// If this is a prvalue, we guarantee that it is of the most-derived type |
1001 | /// for the object itself. |
1002 | const Expr *getBestDynamicClassTypeExpr() const; |
1003 | |
1004 | /// Walk outwards from an expression we want to bind a reference to and |
1005 | /// find the expression whose lifetime needs to be extended. Record |
1006 | /// the LHSs of comma expressions and adjustments needed along the path. |
1007 | const Expr *skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments( |
1008 | SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &CommaLHS, |
1009 | SmallVectorImpl<SubobjectAdjustment> &Adjustments) const; |
1010 | const Expr *skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments() const { |
1011 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> CommaLHSs; |
1012 | SmallVector<SubobjectAdjustment, 8> Adjustments; |
1013 | return skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHS&: CommaLHSs, Adjustments); |
1014 | } |
1015 | |
1016 | /// Checks that the two Expr's will refer to the same value as a comparison |
1017 | /// operand. The caller must ensure that the values referenced by the Expr's |
1018 | /// are not modified between E1 and E2 or the result my be invalid. |
1019 | static bool isSameComparisonOperand(const Expr* E1, const Expr* E2); |
1020 | |
1021 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1022 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExprConstant && |
1023 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastExprConstant; |
1024 | } |
1025 | }; |
1026 | // PointerLikeTypeTraits is specialized so it can be used with a forward-decl of |
1027 | // Expr. Verify that we got it right. |
1028 | static_assert(llvm::PointerLikeTypeTraits<Expr *>::NumLowBitsAvailable <= |
1029 | llvm::detail::ConstantLog2<alignof(Expr)>::value, |
1030 | "PointerLikeTypeTraits<Expr*> assumes too much alignment." ); |
1031 | |
1032 | using ConstantExprKind = Expr::ConstantExprKind; |
1033 | |
1034 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1035 | // Wrapper Expressions. |
1036 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1037 | |
1038 | /// FullExpr - Represents a "full-expression" node. |
1039 | class FullExpr : public Expr { |
1040 | protected: |
1041 | Stmt *SubExpr; |
1042 | |
1043 | FullExpr(StmtClass SC, Expr *subexpr) |
1044 | : Expr(SC, subexpr->getType(), subexpr->getValueKind(), |
1045 | subexpr->getObjectKind()), |
1046 | SubExpr(subexpr) { |
1047 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
1048 | } |
1049 | FullExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) |
1050 | : Expr(SC, Empty) {} |
1051 | public: |
1052 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExpr); } |
1053 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExpr); } |
1054 | |
1055 | /// As with any mutator of the AST, be very careful when modifying an |
1056 | /// existing AST to preserve its invariants. |
1057 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { SubExpr = E; } |
1058 | |
1059 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1060 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstFullExprConstant && |
1061 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastFullExprConstant; |
1062 | } |
1063 | }; |
1064 | |
1065 | /// Describes the kind of result that can be tail-allocated. |
1066 | enum class ConstantResultStorageKind { None, Int64, APValue }; |
1067 | |
1068 | /// ConstantExpr - An expression that occurs in a constant context and |
1069 | /// optionally the result of evaluating the expression. |
1070 | class ConstantExpr final |
1071 | : public FullExpr, |
1072 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantExpr, APValue, uint64_t> { |
1073 | static_assert(std::is_same<uint64_t, llvm::APInt::WordType>::value, |
1074 | "ConstantExpr assumes that llvm::APInt::WordType is uint64_t " |
1075 | "for tail-allocated storage" ); |
1076 | friend TrailingObjects; |
1077 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
1078 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
1079 | |
1080 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<APValue>) const { |
1081 | return getResultStorageKind() == ConstantResultStorageKind::APValue; |
1082 | } |
1083 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<uint64_t>) const { |
1084 | return getResultStorageKind() == ConstantResultStorageKind::Int64; |
1085 | } |
1086 | |
1087 | uint64_t &Int64Result() { |
1088 | assert(getResultStorageKind() == ConstantResultStorageKind::Int64 && |
1089 | "invalid accessor" ); |
1090 | return *getTrailingObjects<uint64_t>(); |
1091 | } |
1092 | const uint64_t &Int64Result() const { |
1093 | return const_cast<ConstantExpr *>(this)->Int64Result(); |
1094 | } |
1095 | APValue &APValueResult() { |
1096 | assert(getResultStorageKind() == ConstantResultStorageKind::APValue && |
1097 | "invalid accessor" ); |
1098 | return *getTrailingObjects<APValue>(); |
1099 | } |
1100 | APValue &APValueResult() const { |
1101 | return const_cast<ConstantExpr *>(this)->APValueResult(); |
1102 | } |
1103 | |
1104 | ConstantExpr(Expr *SubExpr, ConstantResultStorageKind StorageKind, |
1105 | bool IsImmediateInvocation); |
1106 | ConstantExpr(EmptyShell Empty, ConstantResultStorageKind StorageKind); |
1107 | |
1108 | public: |
1109 | static ConstantExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E, |
1110 | const APValue &Result); |
1111 | static ConstantExpr * |
1112 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E, |
1113 | ConstantResultStorageKind Storage = ConstantResultStorageKind::None, |
1114 | bool IsImmediateInvocation = false); |
1115 | static ConstantExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, |
1116 | ConstantResultStorageKind StorageKind); |
1117 | |
1118 | static ConstantResultStorageKind getStorageKind(const APValue &Value); |
1119 | static ConstantResultStorageKind getStorageKind(const Type *T, |
1120 | const ASTContext &Context); |
1121 | |
1122 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
1123 | return SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); |
1124 | } |
1125 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
1126 | return SubExpr->getEndLoc(); |
1127 | } |
1128 | |
1129 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1130 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConstantExprClass; |
1131 | } |
1132 | |
1133 | void SetResult(APValue Value, const ASTContext &Context) { |
1134 | MoveIntoResult(Value, Context); |
1135 | } |
1136 | void MoveIntoResult(APValue &Value, const ASTContext &Context); |
1137 | |
1138 | APValue::ValueKind getResultAPValueKind() const { |
1139 | return static_cast<APValue::ValueKind>(ConstantExprBits.APValueKind); |
1140 | } |
1141 | ConstantResultStorageKind getResultStorageKind() const { |
1142 | return static_cast<ConstantResultStorageKind>(ConstantExprBits.ResultKind); |
1143 | } |
1144 | bool isImmediateInvocation() const { |
1145 | return ConstantExprBits.IsImmediateInvocation; |
1146 | } |
1147 | bool hasAPValueResult() const { |
1148 | return ConstantExprBits.APValueKind != APValue::None; |
1149 | } |
1150 | APValue getAPValueResult() const; |
1151 | llvm::APSInt getResultAsAPSInt() const; |
1152 | // Iterators |
1153 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr+1); } |
1154 | const_child_range children() const { |
1155 | return const_child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); |
1156 | } |
1157 | }; |
1158 | |
1159 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1160 | // Primary Expressions. |
1161 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1162 | |
1163 | /// OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a |
1164 | /// fixed type and value class. These don't correspond to concrete |
1165 | /// syntax; instead they're used to express operations (usually copy |
1166 | /// operations) on values whose source is generally obvious from |
1167 | /// context. |
1168 | class OpaqueValueExpr : public Expr { |
1169 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
1170 | Expr *SourceExpr; |
1171 | |
1172 | public: |
1173 | OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, |
1174 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary, Expr *SourceExpr = nullptr) |
1175 | : Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, T, VK, OK), SourceExpr(SourceExpr) { |
1176 | setIsUnique(false); |
1177 | OpaqueValueExprBits.Loc = Loc; |
1178 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
1179 | } |
1180 | |
1181 | /// Given an expression which invokes a copy constructor --- i.e. a |
1182 | /// CXXConstructExpr, possibly wrapped in an ExprWithCleanups --- |
1183 | /// find the OpaqueValueExpr that's the source of the construction. |
1184 | static const OpaqueValueExpr *findInCopyConstruct(const Expr *expr); |
1185 | |
1186 | explicit OpaqueValueExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
1187 | : Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, Empty) {} |
1188 | |
1189 | /// Retrieve the location of this expression. |
1190 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return OpaqueValueExprBits.Loc; } |
1191 | |
1192 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
1193 | return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getBeginLoc() : getLocation(); |
1194 | } |
1195 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
1196 | return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getEndLoc() : getLocation(); |
1197 | } |
1198 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
1199 | return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getExprLoc() : getLocation(); |
1200 | } |
1201 | |
1202 | child_range children() { |
1203 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
1204 | } |
1205 | |
1206 | const_child_range children() const { |
1207 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
1208 | } |
1209 | |
1210 | /// The source expression of an opaque value expression is the |
1211 | /// expression which originally generated the value. This is |
1212 | /// provided as a convenience for analyses that don't wish to |
1213 | /// precisely model the execution behavior of the program. |
1214 | /// |
1215 | /// The source expression is typically set when building the |
1216 | /// expression which binds the opaque value expression in the first |
1217 | /// place. |
1218 | Expr *getSourceExpr() const { return SourceExpr; } |
1219 | |
1220 | void setIsUnique(bool V) { |
1221 | assert((!V || SourceExpr) && |
1222 | "unique OVEs are expected to have source expressions" ); |
1223 | OpaqueValueExprBits.IsUnique = V; |
1224 | } |
1225 | |
1226 | bool isUnique() const { return OpaqueValueExprBits.IsUnique; } |
1227 | |
1228 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1229 | return T->getStmtClass() == OpaqueValueExprClass; |
1230 | } |
1231 | }; |
1232 | |
1233 | /// A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc. |
1234 | /// [C99 6.5.1p2] |
1235 | /// |
1236 | /// This encodes all the information about how a declaration is referenced |
1237 | /// within an expression. |
1238 | /// |
1239 | /// There are several optional constructs attached to DeclRefExprs only when |
1240 | /// they apply in order to conserve memory. These are laid out past the end of |
1241 | /// the object, and flags in the DeclRefExprBitfield track whether they exist: |
1242 | /// |
1243 | /// DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier: |
1244 | /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a C++ |
1245 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
1246 | /// DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl: |
1247 | /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a record of |
1248 | /// a NamedDecl (different from the referenced ValueDecl) which was found |
1249 | /// during name lookup and/or overload resolution. |
1250 | /// DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo: |
1251 | /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has an explicit |
1252 | /// C++ template keyword and/or template argument list. |
1253 | /// DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture |
1254 | /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression (validly) |
1255 | /// refers to an enclosed local or a captured variable. |
1256 | class DeclRefExpr final |
1257 | : public Expr, |
1258 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<DeclRefExpr, NestedNameSpecifierLoc, |
1259 | NamedDecl *, ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, |
1260 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { |
1261 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
1262 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
1263 | friend TrailingObjects; |
1264 | |
1265 | /// The declaration that we are referencing. |
1266 | ValueDecl *D; |
1267 | |
1268 | /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name |
1269 | /// embedded in D. |
1270 | DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; |
1271 | |
1272 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>) const { |
1273 | return hasQualifier(); |
1274 | } |
1275 | |
1276 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NamedDecl *>) const { |
1277 | return hasFoundDecl(); |
1278 | } |
1279 | |
1280 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { |
1281 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); |
1282 | } |
1283 | |
1284 | /// Test whether there is a distinct FoundDecl attached to the end of |
1285 | /// this DRE. |
1286 | bool hasFoundDecl() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl; } |
1287 | |
1288 | DeclRefExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
1289 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D, |
1290 | bool RefersToEnlosingVariableOrCapture, |
1291 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *FoundD, |
1292 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, QualType T, |
1293 | ExprValueKind VK, NonOdrUseReason NOUR); |
1294 | |
1295 | /// Construct an empty declaration reference expression. |
1296 | explicit DeclRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(DeclRefExprClass, Empty) {} |
1297 | |
1298 | public: |
1299 | DeclRefExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, ValueDecl *D, |
1300 | bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, QualType T, |
1301 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation L, |
1302 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc(), |
1303 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None); |
1304 | |
1305 | static DeclRefExpr * |
1306 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
1307 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D, |
1308 | bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1309 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
1310 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
1311 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None); |
1312 | |
1313 | static DeclRefExpr * |
1314 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
1315 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D, |
1316 | bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, |
1317 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, |
1318 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
1319 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
1320 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None); |
1321 | |
1322 | /// Construct an empty declaration reference expression. |
1323 | static DeclRefExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasQualifier, |
1324 | bool HasFoundDecl, |
1325 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, |
1326 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); |
1327 | |
1328 | ValueDecl *getDecl() { return D; } |
1329 | const ValueDecl *getDecl() const { return D; } |
1330 | void setDecl(ValueDecl *NewD); |
1331 | |
1332 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
1333 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDecl()->getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc); |
1334 | } |
1335 | |
1336 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return DeclRefExprBits.Loc; } |
1337 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { DeclRefExprBits.Loc = L; } |
1338 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
1339 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
1340 | |
1341 | /// Determine whether this declaration reference was preceded by a |
1342 | /// C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., \c N::foo. |
1343 | bool hasQualifier() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier; } |
1344 | |
1345 | /// If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier |
1346 | /// that precedes the name, with source-location information. |
1347 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { |
1348 | if (!hasQualifier()) |
1349 | return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
1350 | return *getTrailingObjects<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>(); |
1351 | } |
1352 | |
1353 | /// If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier |
1354 | /// that precedes the name. Otherwise, returns NULL. |
1355 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
1356 | return getQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
1357 | } |
1358 | |
1359 | /// Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred. |
1360 | /// |
1361 | /// This Decl may be different from the ValueDecl actually referred to in the |
1362 | /// presence of using declarations, etc. It always returns non-NULL, and may |
1363 | /// simple return the ValueDecl when appropriate. |
1364 | |
1365 | NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() { |
1366 | return hasFoundDecl() ? *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>() : D; |
1367 | } |
1368 | |
1369 | /// Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred. |
1370 | /// See non-const variant. |
1371 | const NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() const { |
1372 | return hasFoundDecl() ? *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>() : D; |
1373 | } |
1374 | |
1375 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { |
1376 | return DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; |
1377 | } |
1378 | |
1379 | /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding |
1380 | /// this name, if any. |
1381 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { |
1382 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
1383 | return SourceLocation(); |
1384 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc; |
1385 | } |
1386 | |
1387 | /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the |
1388 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. |
1389 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { |
1390 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
1391 | return SourceLocation(); |
1392 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc; |
1393 | } |
1394 | |
1395 | /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the |
1396 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. |
1397 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { |
1398 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
1399 | return SourceLocation(); |
1400 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc; |
1401 | } |
1402 | |
1403 | /// Determines whether the name in this declaration reference |
1404 | /// was preceded by the template keyword. |
1405 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } |
1406 | |
1407 | /// Determines whether this declaration reference was followed by an |
1408 | /// explicit template argument list. |
1409 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } |
1410 | |
1411 | /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given |
1412 | /// structure. |
1413 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { |
1414 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
1415 | getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto( |
1416 | getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List); |
1417 | } |
1418 | |
1419 | /// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this |
1420 | /// template-id. |
1421 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const { |
1422 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
1423 | return nullptr; |
1424 | return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); |
1425 | } |
1426 | |
1427 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this |
1428 | /// template-id. |
1429 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { |
1430 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
1431 | return 0; |
1432 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs; |
1433 | } |
1434 | |
1435 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { |
1436 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; |
1437 | } |
1438 | |
1439 | /// Returns true if this expression refers to a function that |
1440 | /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1. |
1441 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { |
1442 | return DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates; |
1443 | } |
1444 | /// Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to |
1445 | /// a function that was resolved from an overloaded set having size |
1446 | /// greater than 1. |
1447 | void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) { |
1448 | DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V; |
1449 | } |
1450 | |
1451 | /// Is this expression a non-odr-use reference, and if so, why? |
1452 | NonOdrUseReason isNonOdrUse() const { |
1453 | return static_cast<NonOdrUseReason>(DeclRefExprBits.NonOdrUseReason); |
1454 | } |
1455 | |
1456 | /// Does this DeclRefExpr refer to an enclosing local or a captured |
1457 | /// variable? |
1458 | bool refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture() const { |
1459 | return DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture; |
1460 | } |
1461 | |
1462 | bool isImmediateEscalating() const { |
1463 | return DeclRefExprBits.IsImmediateEscalating; |
1464 | } |
1465 | |
1466 | void setIsImmediateEscalating(bool Set) { |
1467 | DeclRefExprBits.IsImmediateEscalating = Set; |
1468 | } |
1469 | |
1470 | bool isCapturedByCopyInLambdaWithExplicitObjectParameter() const { |
1471 | return DeclRefExprBits.CapturedByCopyInLambdaWithExplicitObjectParameter; |
1472 | } |
1473 | |
1474 | void setCapturedByCopyInLambdaWithExplicitObjectParameter( |
1475 | bool Set, const ASTContext &Context) { |
1476 | DeclRefExprBits.CapturedByCopyInLambdaWithExplicitObjectParameter = Set; |
1477 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this, Ctx: Context)); |
1478 | } |
1479 | |
1480 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1481 | return T->getStmtClass() == DeclRefExprClass; |
1482 | } |
1483 | |
1484 | // Iterators |
1485 | child_range children() { |
1486 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
1487 | } |
1488 | |
1489 | const_child_range children() const { |
1490 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
1491 | } |
1492 | }; |
1493 | |
1494 | class IntegerLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage { |
1495 | SourceLocation Loc; |
1496 | |
1497 | /// Construct an empty integer literal. |
1498 | explicit IntegerLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) |
1499 | : Expr(IntegerLiteralClass, Empty) { } |
1500 | |
1501 | public: |
1502 | // type should be IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy, UnsignedLongTy, |
1503 | // or UnsignedLongLongTy |
1504 | IntegerLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type, |
1505 | SourceLocation l); |
1506 | |
1507 | /// Returns a new integer literal with value 'V' and type 'type'. |
1508 | /// \param type - either IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy, |
1509 | /// UnsignedLongTy, or UnsignedLongLongTy which should match the size of V |
1510 | /// \param V - the value that the returned integer literal contains. |
1511 | static IntegerLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, |
1512 | QualType type, SourceLocation l); |
1513 | /// Returns a new empty integer literal. |
1514 | static IntegerLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); |
1515 | |
1516 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
1517 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
1518 | |
1519 | /// Retrieve the location of the literal. |
1520 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } |
1521 | |
1522 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; } |
1523 | |
1524 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1525 | return T->getStmtClass() == IntegerLiteralClass; |
1526 | } |
1527 | |
1528 | // Iterators |
1529 | child_range children() { |
1530 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
1531 | } |
1532 | const_child_range children() const { |
1533 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
1534 | } |
1535 | }; |
1536 | |
1537 | class FixedPointLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage { |
1538 | SourceLocation Loc; |
1539 | unsigned Scale; |
1540 | |
1541 | /// \brief Construct an empty fixed-point literal. |
1542 | explicit FixedPointLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) |
1543 | : Expr(FixedPointLiteralClass, Empty) {} |
1544 | |
1545 | public: |
1546 | FixedPointLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type, |
1547 | SourceLocation l, unsigned Scale); |
1548 | |
1549 | // Store the int as is without any bit shifting. |
1550 | static FixedPointLiteral *CreateFromRawInt(const ASTContext &C, |
1551 | const llvm::APInt &V, |
1552 | QualType type, SourceLocation l, |
1553 | unsigned Scale); |
1554 | |
1555 | /// Returns an empty fixed-point literal. |
1556 | static FixedPointLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); |
1557 | |
1558 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
1559 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
1560 | |
1561 | /// \brief Retrieve the location of the literal. |
1562 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } |
1563 | |
1564 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; } |
1565 | |
1566 | unsigned getScale() const { return Scale; } |
1567 | void setScale(unsigned S) { Scale = S; } |
1568 | |
1569 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1570 | return T->getStmtClass() == FixedPointLiteralClass; |
1571 | } |
1572 | |
1573 | std::string getValueAsString(unsigned Radix) const; |
1574 | |
1575 | // Iterators |
1576 | child_range children() { |
1577 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
1578 | } |
1579 | const_child_range children() const { |
1580 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
1581 | } |
1582 | }; |
1583 | |
1584 | enum class CharacterLiteralKind { Ascii, Wide, UTF8, UTF16, UTF32 }; |
1585 | |
1586 | class CharacterLiteral : public Expr { |
1587 | unsigned Value; |
1588 | SourceLocation Loc; |
1589 | public: |
1590 | // type should be IntTy |
1591 | CharacterLiteral(unsigned value, CharacterLiteralKind kind, QualType type, |
1592 | SourceLocation l) |
1593 | : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, type, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), |
1594 | Value(value), Loc(l) { |
1595 | CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = llvm::to_underlying(E: kind); |
1596 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); |
1597 | } |
1598 | |
1599 | /// Construct an empty character literal. |
1600 | CharacterLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, Empty) { } |
1601 | |
1602 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } |
1603 | CharacterLiteralKind getKind() const { |
1604 | return static_cast<CharacterLiteralKind>(CharacterLiteralBits.Kind); |
1605 | } |
1606 | |
1607 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
1608 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
1609 | |
1610 | unsigned getValue() const { return Value; } |
1611 | |
1612 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; } |
1613 | void setKind(CharacterLiteralKind kind) { |
1614 | CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = llvm::to_underlying(E: kind); |
1615 | } |
1616 | void setValue(unsigned Val) { Value = Val; } |
1617 | |
1618 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1619 | return T->getStmtClass() == CharacterLiteralClass; |
1620 | } |
1621 | |
1622 | static void print(unsigned val, CharacterLiteralKind Kind, raw_ostream &OS); |
1623 | |
1624 | // Iterators |
1625 | child_range children() { |
1626 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
1627 | } |
1628 | const_child_range children() const { |
1629 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
1630 | } |
1631 | }; |
1632 | |
1633 | class FloatingLiteral : public Expr, private APFloatStorage { |
1634 | SourceLocation Loc; |
1635 | |
1636 | FloatingLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V, bool isexact, |
1637 | QualType Type, SourceLocation L); |
1638 | |
1639 | /// Construct an empty floating-point literal. |
1640 | explicit FloatingLiteral(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); |
1641 | |
1642 | public: |
1643 | static FloatingLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V, |
1644 | bool isexact, QualType Type, SourceLocation L); |
1645 | static FloatingLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); |
1646 | |
1647 | llvm::APFloat getValue() const { |
1648 | return APFloatStorage::getValue(getSemantics()); |
1649 | } |
1650 | void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val) { |
1651 | assert(&getSemantics() == &Val.getSemantics() && "Inconsistent semantics" ); |
1652 | APFloatStorage::setValue(C, Val); |
1653 | } |
1654 | |
1655 | /// Get a raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of |
1656 | /// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialisation. |
1657 | llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics getRawSemantics() const { |
1658 | return static_cast<llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics>( |
1659 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics); |
1660 | } |
1661 | |
1662 | /// Set the raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of |
1663 | /// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialisation. |
1664 | void setRawSemantics(llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics Sem) { |
1665 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics = Sem; |
1666 | } |
1667 | |
1668 | /// Return the APFloat semantics this literal uses. |
1669 | const llvm::fltSemantics &getSemantics() const { |
1670 | return llvm::APFloatBase::EnumToSemantics( |
1671 | S: static_cast<llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics>( |
1672 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics)); |
1673 | } |
1674 | |
1675 | /// Set the APFloat semantics this literal uses. |
1676 | void setSemantics(const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem) { |
1677 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics = llvm::APFloatBase::SemanticsToEnum(Sem); |
1678 | } |
1679 | |
1680 | bool isExact() const { return FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact; } |
1681 | void setExact(bool E) { FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact = E; } |
1682 | |
1683 | /// getValueAsApproximateDouble - This returns the value as an inaccurate |
1684 | /// double. Note that this may cause loss of precision, but is useful for |
1685 | /// debugging dumps, etc. |
1686 | double getValueAsApproximateDouble() const; |
1687 | |
1688 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } |
1689 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; } |
1690 | |
1691 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
1692 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
1693 | |
1694 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1695 | return T->getStmtClass() == FloatingLiteralClass; |
1696 | } |
1697 | |
1698 | // Iterators |
1699 | child_range children() { |
1700 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
1701 | } |
1702 | const_child_range children() const { |
1703 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
1704 | } |
1705 | }; |
1706 | |
1707 | /// ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals, |
1708 | /// like "1.0i". We represent these as a wrapper around FloatingLiteral and |
1709 | /// IntegerLiteral classes. Instances of this class always have a Complex type |
1710 | /// whose element type matches the subexpression. |
1711 | /// |
1712 | class ImaginaryLiteral : public Expr { |
1713 | Stmt *Val; |
1714 | public: |
1715 | ImaginaryLiteral(Expr *val, QualType Ty) |
1716 | : Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), Val(val) { |
1717 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); |
1718 | } |
1719 | |
1720 | /// Build an empty imaginary literal. |
1721 | explicit ImaginaryLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) |
1722 | : Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Empty) { } |
1723 | |
1724 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
1725 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
1726 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } |
1727 | |
1728 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
1729 | return Val->getBeginLoc(); |
1730 | } |
1731 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Val->getEndLoc(); } |
1732 | |
1733 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1734 | return T->getStmtClass() == ImaginaryLiteralClass; |
1735 | } |
1736 | |
1737 | // Iterators |
1738 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } |
1739 | const_child_range children() const { |
1740 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); |
1741 | } |
1742 | }; |
1743 | |
1744 | enum class StringLiteralKind { |
1745 | Ordinary, |
1746 | Wide, |
1747 | UTF8, |
1748 | UTF16, |
1749 | UTF32, |
1750 | Unevaluated |
1751 | }; |
1752 | |
1753 | /// StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g. "foo" |
1754 | /// or L"bar" (wide strings). The actual string data can be obtained with |
1755 | /// getBytes() and is NOT null-terminated. The length of the string data is |
1756 | /// determined by calling getByteLength(). |
1757 | /// |
1758 | /// The C type for a string is always a ConstantArrayType. In C++, the char |
1759 | /// type is const qualified, in C it is not. |
1760 | /// |
1761 | /// Note that strings in C can be formed by concatenation of multiple string |
1762 | /// literal pptokens in translation phase #6. This keeps track of the locations |
1763 | /// of each of these pieces. |
1764 | /// |
1765 | /// Strings in C can also be truncated and extended by assigning into arrays, |
1766 | /// e.g. with constructs like: |
1767 | /// char X[2] = "foobar"; |
1768 | /// In this case, getByteLength() will return 6, but the string literal will |
1769 | /// have type "char[2]". |
1770 | class StringLiteral final |
1771 | : public Expr, |
1772 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<StringLiteral, unsigned, SourceLocation, |
1773 | char> { |
1774 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
1775 | friend TrailingObjects; |
1776 | |
1777 | /// StringLiteral is followed by several trailing objects. They are in order: |
1778 | /// |
1779 | /// * A single unsigned storing the length in characters of this string. The |
1780 | /// length in bytes is this length times the width of a single character. |
1781 | /// Always present and stored as a trailing objects because storing it in |
1782 | /// StringLiteral would increase the size of StringLiteral by sizeof(void *) |
1783 | /// due to alignment requirements. If you add some data to StringLiteral, |
1784 | /// consider moving it inside StringLiteral. |
1785 | /// |
1786 | /// * An array of getNumConcatenated() SourceLocation, one for each of the |
1787 | /// token this string is made of. |
1788 | /// |
1789 | /// * An array of getByteLength() char used to store the string data. |
1790 | |
1791 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<unsigned>) const { return 1; } |
1792 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
1793 | return getNumConcatenated(); |
1794 | } |
1795 | |
1796 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<char>) const { |
1797 | return getByteLength(); |
1798 | } |
1799 | |
1800 | char *getStrDataAsChar() { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } |
1801 | const char *getStrDataAsChar() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } |
1802 | |
1803 | const uint16_t *getStrDataAsUInt16() const { |
1804 | return reinterpret_cast<const uint16_t *>(getTrailingObjects<char>()); |
1805 | } |
1806 | |
1807 | const uint32_t *getStrDataAsUInt32() const { |
1808 | return reinterpret_cast<const uint32_t *>(getTrailingObjects<char>()); |
1809 | } |
1810 | |
1811 | /// Build a string literal. |
1812 | StringLiteral(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, StringLiteralKind Kind, |
1813 | bool Pascal, QualType Ty, const SourceLocation *Loc, |
1814 | unsigned NumConcatenated); |
1815 | |
1816 | /// Build an empty string literal. |
1817 | StringLiteral(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumConcatenated, unsigned Length, |
1818 | unsigned CharByteWidth); |
1819 | |
1820 | /// Map a target and string kind to the appropriate character width. |
1821 | static unsigned mapCharByteWidth(TargetInfo const &Target, |
1822 | StringLiteralKind SK); |
1823 | |
1824 | /// Set one of the string literal token. |
1825 | void setStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum, SourceLocation L) { |
1826 | assert(TokNum < getNumConcatenated() && "Invalid tok number" ); |
1827 | getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()[TokNum] = L; |
1828 | } |
1829 | |
1830 | public: |
1831 | /// This is the "fully general" constructor that allows representation of |
1832 | /// strings formed from multiple concatenated tokens. |
1833 | static StringLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, |
1834 | StringLiteralKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, |
1835 | const SourceLocation *Loc, |
1836 | unsigned NumConcatenated); |
1837 | |
1838 | /// Simple constructor for string literals made from one token. |
1839 | static StringLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, |
1840 | StringLiteralKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, |
1841 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
1842 | return Create(Ctx, Str, Kind, Pascal, Ty, Loc: &Loc, NumConcatenated: 1); |
1843 | } |
1844 | |
1845 | /// Construct an empty string literal. |
1846 | static StringLiteral *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
1847 | unsigned NumConcatenated, unsigned Length, |
1848 | unsigned CharByteWidth); |
1849 | |
1850 | StringRef getString() const { |
1851 | assert((isUnevaluated() || getCharByteWidth() == 1) && |
1852 | "This function is used in places that assume strings use char" ); |
1853 | return StringRef(getStrDataAsChar(), getByteLength()); |
1854 | } |
1855 | |
1856 | /// Allow access to clients that need the byte representation, such as |
1857 | /// ASTWriterStmt::VisitStringLiteral(). |
1858 | StringRef getBytes() const { |
1859 | // FIXME: StringRef may not be the right type to use as a result for this. |
1860 | return StringRef(getStrDataAsChar(), getByteLength()); |
1861 | } |
1862 | |
1863 | void outputString(raw_ostream &OS) const; |
1864 | |
1865 | uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const { |
1866 | assert(i < getLength() && "out of bounds access" ); |
1867 | switch (getCharByteWidth()) { |
1868 | case 1: |
1869 | return static_cast<unsigned char>(getStrDataAsChar()[i]); |
1870 | case 2: |
1871 | return getStrDataAsUInt16()[i]; |
1872 | case 4: |
1873 | return getStrDataAsUInt32()[i]; |
1874 | } |
1875 | llvm_unreachable("Unsupported character width!" ); |
1876 | } |
1877 | |
1878 | // Get code unit but preserve sign info. |
1879 | int64_t getCodeUnitS(size_t I, uint64_t BitWidth) const { |
1880 | int64_t V = getCodeUnit(i: I); |
1881 | if (isOrdinary() || isWide()) { |
1882 | unsigned Width = getCharByteWidth() * BitWidth; |
1883 | llvm::APInt AInt(Width, (uint64_t)V); |
1884 | V = AInt.getSExtValue(); |
1885 | } |
1886 | return V; |
1887 | } |
1888 | |
1889 | unsigned getByteLength() const { return getCharByteWidth() * getLength(); } |
1890 | unsigned getLength() const { return *getTrailingObjects<unsigned>(); } |
1891 | unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return StringLiteralBits.CharByteWidth; } |
1892 | |
1893 | StringLiteralKind getKind() const { |
1894 | return static_cast<StringLiteralKind>(StringLiteralBits.Kind); |
1895 | } |
1896 | |
1897 | bool isOrdinary() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::Ordinary; } |
1898 | bool isWide() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::Wide; } |
1899 | bool isUTF8() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::UTF8; } |
1900 | bool isUTF16() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::UTF16; } |
1901 | bool isUTF32() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::UTF32; } |
1902 | bool isUnevaluated() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::Unevaluated; } |
1903 | bool isPascal() const { return StringLiteralBits.IsPascal; } |
1904 | |
1905 | bool containsNonAscii() const { |
1906 | for (auto c : getString()) |
1907 | if (!isASCII(c)) |
1908 | return true; |
1909 | return false; |
1910 | } |
1911 | |
1912 | bool containsNonAsciiOrNull() const { |
1913 | for (auto c : getString()) |
1914 | if (!isASCII(c) || !c) |
1915 | return true; |
1916 | return false; |
1917 | } |
1918 | |
1919 | /// getNumConcatenated - Get the number of string literal tokens that were |
1920 | /// concatenated in translation phase #6 to form this string literal. |
1921 | unsigned getNumConcatenated() const { |
1922 | return StringLiteralBits.NumConcatenated; |
1923 | } |
1924 | |
1925 | /// Get one of the string literal token. |
1926 | SourceLocation getStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum) const { |
1927 | assert(TokNum < getNumConcatenated() && "Invalid tok number" ); |
1928 | return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()[TokNum]; |
1929 | } |
1930 | |
1931 | /// getLocationOfByte - Return a source location that points to the specified |
1932 | /// byte of this string literal. |
1933 | /// |
1934 | /// Strings are amazingly complex. They can be formed from multiple tokens |
1935 | /// and can have escape sequences in them in addition to the usual trigraph |
1936 | /// and escaped newline business. This routine handles this complexity. |
1937 | /// |
1938 | SourceLocation |
1939 | getLocationOfByte(unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM, |
1940 | const LangOptions &Features, const TargetInfo &Target, |
1941 | unsigned *StartToken = nullptr, |
1942 | unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const; |
1943 | |
1944 | typedef const SourceLocation *tokloc_iterator; |
1945 | |
1946 | tokloc_iterator tokloc_begin() const { |
1947 | return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>(); |
1948 | } |
1949 | |
1950 | tokloc_iterator tokloc_end() const { |
1951 | return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() + getNumConcatenated(); |
1952 | } |
1953 | |
1954 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return *tokloc_begin(); } |
1955 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return *(tokloc_end() - 1); } |
1956 | |
1957 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
1958 | return T->getStmtClass() == StringLiteralClass; |
1959 | } |
1960 | |
1961 | // Iterators |
1962 | child_range children() { |
1963 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
1964 | } |
1965 | const_child_range children() const { |
1966 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
1967 | } |
1968 | }; |
1969 | |
1970 | enum class PredefinedIdentKind { |
1971 | Func, |
1972 | Function, |
1973 | LFunction, // Same as Function, but as wide string. |
1974 | FuncDName, |
1975 | FuncSig, |
1976 | LFuncSig, // Same as FuncSig, but as wide string |
1977 | PrettyFunction, |
1978 | /// The same as PrettyFunction, except that the |
1979 | /// 'virtual' keyword is omitted for virtual member functions. |
1980 | PrettyFunctionNoVirtual |
1981 | }; |
1982 | |
1983 | /// [C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as __func__. |
1984 | class PredefinedExpr final |
1985 | : public Expr, |
1986 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PredefinedExpr, Stmt *> { |
1987 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
1988 | friend TrailingObjects; |
1989 | |
1990 | // PredefinedExpr is optionally followed by a single trailing |
1991 | // "Stmt *" for the predefined identifier. It is present if and only if |
1992 | // hasFunctionName() is true and is always a "StringLiteral *". |
1993 | |
1994 | PredefinedExpr(SourceLocation L, QualType FNTy, PredefinedIdentKind IK, |
1995 | bool IsTransparent, StringLiteral *SL); |
1996 | |
1997 | explicit PredefinedExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool HasFunctionName); |
1998 | |
1999 | /// True if this PredefinedExpr has storage for a function name. |
2000 | bool hasFunctionName() const { return PredefinedExprBits.HasFunctionName; } |
2001 | |
2002 | void setFunctionName(StringLiteral *SL) { |
2003 | assert(hasFunctionName() && |
2004 | "This PredefinedExpr has no storage for a function name!" ); |
2005 | *getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() = SL; |
2006 | } |
2007 | |
2008 | public: |
2009 | /// Create a PredefinedExpr. |
2010 | /// |
2011 | /// If IsTransparent, the PredefinedExpr is transparently handled as a |
2012 | /// StringLiteral. |
2013 | static PredefinedExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation L, |
2014 | QualType FNTy, PredefinedIdentKind IK, |
2015 | bool IsTransparent, StringLiteral *SL); |
2016 | |
2017 | /// Create an empty PredefinedExpr. |
2018 | static PredefinedExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2019 | bool HasFunctionName); |
2020 | |
2021 | PredefinedIdentKind getIdentKind() const { |
2022 | return static_cast<PredefinedIdentKind>(PredefinedExprBits.Kind); |
2023 | } |
2024 | |
2025 | bool isTransparent() const { return PredefinedExprBits.IsTransparent; } |
2026 | |
2027 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return PredefinedExprBits.Loc; } |
2028 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { PredefinedExprBits.Loc = L; } |
2029 | |
2030 | StringLiteral *getFunctionName() { |
2031 | return hasFunctionName() |
2032 | ? static_cast<StringLiteral *>(*getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()) |
2033 | : nullptr; |
2034 | } |
2035 | |
2036 | const StringLiteral *getFunctionName() const { |
2037 | return hasFunctionName() |
2038 | ? static_cast<StringLiteral *>(*getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()) |
2039 | : nullptr; |
2040 | } |
2041 | |
2042 | static StringRef getIdentKindName(PredefinedIdentKind IK); |
2043 | StringRef getIdentKindName() const { |
2044 | return getIdentKindName(IK: getIdentKind()); |
2045 | } |
2046 | |
2047 | static std::string ComputeName(PredefinedIdentKind IK, |
2048 | const Decl *CurrentDecl, |
2049 | bool ForceElaboratedPrinting = false); |
2050 | |
2051 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
2052 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
2053 | |
2054 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
2055 | return T->getStmtClass() == PredefinedExprClass; |
2056 | } |
2057 | |
2058 | // Iterators |
2059 | child_range children() { |
2060 | return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
2061 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + hasFunctionName()); |
2062 | } |
2063 | |
2064 | const_child_range children() const { |
2065 | return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
2066 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + hasFunctionName()); |
2067 | } |
2068 | }; |
2069 | |
2070 | // This represents a use of the __builtin_sycl_unique_stable_name, which takes a |
2071 | // type-id, and at CodeGen time emits a unique string representation of the |
2072 | // type in a way that permits us to properly encode information about the SYCL |
2073 | // kernels. |
2074 | class SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr final : public Expr { |
2075 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
2076 | SourceLocation OpLoc, LParen, RParen; |
2077 | TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo; |
2078 | |
2079 | SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(EmptyShell Empty, QualType ResultTy); |
2080 | SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
2081 | SourceLocation RParen, QualType ResultTy, |
2082 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI); |
2083 | |
2084 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *Ty) { TypeInfo = Ty; } |
2085 | |
2086 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; } |
2087 | void setLParenLocation(SourceLocation L) { LParen = L; } |
2088 | void setRParenLocation(SourceLocation L) { RParen = L; } |
2089 | |
2090 | public: |
2091 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() { return TypeInfo; } |
2092 | |
2093 | const TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TypeInfo; } |
2094 | |
2095 | static SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr * |
2096 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
2097 | SourceLocation RParen, TypeSourceInfo *TSI); |
2098 | |
2099 | static SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx); |
2100 | |
2101 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
2102 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return RParen; } |
2103 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return OpLoc; } |
2104 | SourceLocation getLParenLocation() const { return LParen; } |
2105 | SourceLocation getRParenLocation() const { return RParen; } |
2106 | |
2107 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
2108 | return T->getStmtClass() == SYCLUniqueStableNameExprClass; |
2109 | } |
2110 | |
2111 | // Iterators |
2112 | child_range children() { |
2113 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
2114 | } |
2115 | |
2116 | const_child_range children() const { |
2117 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
2118 | } |
2119 | |
2120 | // Convenience function to generate the name of the currently stored type. |
2121 | std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context) const; |
2122 | |
2123 | // Get the generated name of the type. Note that this only works after all |
2124 | // kernels have been instantiated. |
2125 | static std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty); |
2126 | }; |
2127 | |
2128 | /// ParenExpr - This represents a parethesized expression, e.g. "(1)". This |
2129 | /// AST node is only formed if full location information is requested. |
2130 | class ParenExpr : public Expr { |
2131 | SourceLocation L, R; |
2132 | Stmt *Val; |
2133 | public: |
2134 | ParenExpr(SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r, Expr *val) |
2135 | : Expr(ParenExprClass, val->getType(), val->getValueKind(), |
2136 | val->getObjectKind()), |
2137 | L(l), R(r), Val(val) { |
2138 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
2139 | } |
2140 | |
2141 | /// Construct an empty parenthesized expression. |
2142 | explicit ParenExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
2143 | : Expr(ParenExprClass, Empty) { } |
2144 | |
2145 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
2146 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
2147 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } |
2148 | |
2149 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return L; } |
2150 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return R; } |
2151 | |
2152 | /// Get the location of the left parentheses '('. |
2153 | SourceLocation getLParen() const { return L; } |
2154 | void setLParen(SourceLocation Loc) { L = Loc; } |
2155 | |
2156 | /// Get the location of the right parentheses ')'. |
2157 | SourceLocation getRParen() const { return R; } |
2158 | void setRParen(SourceLocation Loc) { R = Loc; } |
2159 | |
2160 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
2161 | return T->getStmtClass() == ParenExprClass; |
2162 | } |
2163 | |
2164 | // Iterators |
2165 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } |
2166 | const_child_range children() const { |
2167 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); |
2168 | } |
2169 | }; |
2170 | |
2171 | /// UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and |
2172 | /// alignof), the postinc/postdec operators from postfix-expression, and various |
2173 | /// extensions. |
2174 | /// |
2175 | /// Notes on various nodes: |
2176 | /// |
2177 | /// Real/Imag - These return the real/imag part of a complex operand. If |
2178 | /// applied to a non-complex value, the former returns its operand and the |
2179 | /// later returns zero in the type of the operand. |
2180 | /// |
2181 | class UnaryOperator final |
2182 | : public Expr, |
2183 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<UnaryOperator, FPOptionsOverride> { |
2184 | Stmt *Val; |
2185 | |
2186 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FPOptionsOverride>) const { |
2187 | return UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures ? 1 : 0; |
2188 | } |
2189 | |
2190 | FPOptionsOverride &getTrailingFPFeatures() { |
2191 | assert(UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
2192 | return *getTrailingObjects<FPOptionsOverride>(); |
2193 | } |
2194 | |
2195 | const FPOptionsOverride &getTrailingFPFeatures() const { |
2196 | assert(UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
2197 | return *getTrailingObjects<FPOptionsOverride>(); |
2198 | } |
2199 | |
2200 | public: |
2201 | typedef UnaryOperatorKind Opcode; |
2202 | |
2203 | protected: |
2204 | UnaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *input, Opcode opc, QualType type, |
2205 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l, |
2206 | bool CanOverflow, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); |
2207 | |
2208 | /// Build an empty unary operator. |
2209 | explicit UnaryOperator(bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty) |
2210 | : Expr(UnaryOperatorClass, Empty) { |
2211 | UnaryOperatorBits.Opc = UO_AddrOf; |
2212 | UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures; |
2213 | } |
2214 | |
2215 | public: |
2216 | static UnaryOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, bool hasFPFeatures); |
2217 | |
2218 | static UnaryOperator *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *input, Opcode opc, |
2219 | QualType type, ExprValueKind VK, |
2220 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l, |
2221 | bool CanOverflow, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); |
2222 | |
2223 | Opcode getOpcode() const { |
2224 | return static_cast<Opcode>(UnaryOperatorBits.Opc); |
2225 | } |
2226 | void setOpcode(Opcode Opc) { UnaryOperatorBits.Opc = Opc; } |
2227 | |
2228 | Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
2229 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } |
2230 | |
2231 | /// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator. |
2232 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.Loc; } |
2233 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { UnaryOperatorBits.Loc = L; } |
2234 | |
2235 | /// Returns true if the unary operator can cause an overflow. For instance, |
2236 | /// signed int i = INT_MAX; i++; |
2237 | /// signed char c = CHAR_MAX; c++; |
2238 | /// Due to integer promotions, c++ is promoted to an int before the postfix |
2239 | /// increment, and the result is an int that cannot overflow. However, i++ |
2240 | /// can overflow. |
2241 | bool canOverflow() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.CanOverflow; } |
2242 | void setCanOverflow(bool C) { UnaryOperatorBits.CanOverflow = C; } |
2243 | |
2244 | /// Get the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
2245 | /// operations on floating point types. |
2246 | bool isFPContractableWithinStatement(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
2247 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).allowFPContractWithinStatement(); |
2248 | } |
2249 | |
2250 | /// Get the FENV_ACCESS status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
2251 | /// operations on floating point types. |
2252 | bool isFEnvAccessOn(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
2253 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).getAllowFEnvAccess(); |
2254 | } |
2255 | |
2256 | /// isPostfix - Return true if this is a postfix operation, like x++. |
2257 | static bool isPostfix(Opcode Op) { |
2258 | return Op == UO_PostInc || Op == UO_PostDec; |
2259 | } |
2260 | |
2261 | /// isPrefix - Return true if this is a prefix operation, like --x. |
2262 | static bool isPrefix(Opcode Op) { |
2263 | return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PreDec; |
2264 | } |
2265 | |
2266 | bool isPrefix() const { return isPrefix(Op: getOpcode()); } |
2267 | bool isPostfix() const { return isPostfix(Op: getOpcode()); } |
2268 | |
2269 | static bool isIncrementOp(Opcode Op) { |
2270 | return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PostInc; |
2271 | } |
2272 | bool isIncrementOp() const { |
2273 | return isIncrementOp(Op: getOpcode()); |
2274 | } |
2275 | |
2276 | static bool isDecrementOp(Opcode Op) { |
2277 | return Op == UO_PreDec || Op == UO_PostDec; |
2278 | } |
2279 | bool isDecrementOp() const { |
2280 | return isDecrementOp(Op: getOpcode()); |
2281 | } |
2282 | |
2283 | static bool isIncrementDecrementOp(Opcode Op) { return Op <= UO_PreDec; } |
2284 | bool isIncrementDecrementOp() const { |
2285 | return isIncrementDecrementOp(Op: getOpcode()); |
2286 | } |
2287 | |
2288 | static bool isArithmeticOp(Opcode Op) { |
2289 | return Op >= UO_Plus && Op <= UO_LNot; |
2290 | } |
2291 | bool isArithmeticOp() const { return isArithmeticOp(Op: getOpcode()); } |
2292 | |
2293 | /// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it |
2294 | /// corresponds to, e.g. "sizeof" or "[pre]++" |
2295 | static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op); |
2296 | |
2297 | /// Retrieve the unary opcode that corresponds to the given |
2298 | /// overloaded operator. |
2299 | static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO, bool Postfix); |
2300 | |
2301 | /// Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to |
2302 | /// the given unary opcode. |
2303 | static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc); |
2304 | |
2305 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
2306 | return isPostfix() ? Val->getBeginLoc() : getOperatorLoc(); |
2307 | } |
2308 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
2309 | return isPostfix() ? getOperatorLoc() : Val->getEndLoc(); |
2310 | } |
2311 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const { return getOperatorLoc(); } |
2312 | |
2313 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
2314 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryOperatorClass; |
2315 | } |
2316 | |
2317 | // Iterators |
2318 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } |
2319 | const_child_range children() const { |
2320 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); |
2321 | } |
2322 | |
2323 | /// Is FPFeatures in Trailing Storage? |
2324 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures; } |
2325 | |
2326 | /// Get FPFeatures from trailing storage. |
2327 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { |
2328 | return getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
2329 | } |
2330 | |
2331 | protected: |
2332 | /// Set FPFeatures in trailing storage, used by Serialization & ASTImporter. |
2333 | void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) { getTrailingFPFeatures() = F; } |
2334 | |
2335 | public: |
2336 | /// Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
2337 | /// operations on floating point types. |
2338 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
2339 | if (UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) |
2340 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); |
2341 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); |
2342 | } |
2343 | FPOptionsOverride getFPOptionsOverride() const { |
2344 | if (UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) |
2345 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); |
2346 | return FPOptionsOverride(); |
2347 | } |
2348 | |
2349 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2350 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
2351 | friend class ASTReader; |
2352 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
2353 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
2354 | }; |
2355 | |
2356 | /// Helper class for OffsetOfExpr. |
2357 | |
2358 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
2359 | class OffsetOfNode { |
2360 | public: |
2361 | /// The kind of offsetof node we have. |
2362 | enum Kind { |
2363 | /// An index into an array. |
2364 | Array = 0x00, |
2365 | /// A field. |
2366 | Field = 0x01, |
2367 | /// A field in a dependent type, known only by its name. |
2368 | Identifier = 0x02, |
2369 | /// An implicit indirection through a C++ base class, when the |
2370 | /// field found is in a base class. |
2371 | Base = 0x03 |
2372 | }; |
2373 | |
2374 | private: |
2375 | enum { MaskBits = 2, Mask = 0x03 }; |
2376 | |
2377 | /// The source range that covers this part of the designator. |
2378 | SourceRange Range; |
2379 | |
2380 | /// The data describing the designator, which comes in three |
2381 | /// different forms, depending on the lower two bits. |
2382 | /// - An unsigned index into the array of Expr*'s stored after this node |
2383 | /// in memory, for [constant-expression] designators. |
2384 | /// - A FieldDecl*, for references to a known field. |
2385 | /// - An IdentifierInfo*, for references to a field with a given name |
2386 | /// when the class type is dependent. |
2387 | /// - A CXXBaseSpecifier*, for references that look at a field in a |
2388 | /// base class. |
2389 | uintptr_t Data; |
2390 | |
2391 | public: |
2392 | /// Create an offsetof node that refers to an array element. |
2393 | OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation LBracketLoc, unsigned Index, |
2394 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc) |
2395 | : Range(LBracketLoc, RBracketLoc), Data((Index << 2) | Array) {} |
2396 | |
2397 | /// Create an offsetof node that refers to a field. |
2398 | OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation NameLoc) |
2399 | : Range(DotLoc.isValid() ? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc), |
2400 | Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Field) | OffsetOfNode::Field) {} |
2401 | |
2402 | /// Create an offsetof node that refers to an identifier. |
2403 | OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2404 | SourceLocation NameLoc) |
2405 | : Range(DotLoc.isValid() ? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc), |
2406 | Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Name) | Identifier) {} |
2407 | |
2408 | /// Create an offsetof node that refers into a C++ base class. |
2409 | explicit OffsetOfNode(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base) |
2410 | : Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Base) | OffsetOfNode::Base) {} |
2411 | |
2412 | /// Determine what kind of offsetof node this is. |
2413 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Data & Mask); } |
2414 | |
2415 | /// For an array element node, returns the index into the array |
2416 | /// of expressions. |
2417 | unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const { |
2418 | assert(getKind() == Array); |
2419 | return Data >> 2; |
2420 | } |
2421 | |
2422 | /// For a field offsetof node, returns the field. |
2423 | FieldDecl *getField() const { |
2424 | assert(getKind() == Field); |
2425 | return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask); |
2426 | } |
2427 | |
2428 | /// For a field or identifier offsetof node, returns the name of |
2429 | /// the field. |
2430 | IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const; |
2431 | |
2432 | /// For a base class node, returns the base specifier. |
2433 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getBase() const { |
2434 | assert(getKind() == Base); |
2435 | return reinterpret_cast<CXXBaseSpecifier *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask); |
2436 | } |
2437 | |
2438 | /// Retrieve the source range that covers this offsetof node. |
2439 | /// |
2440 | /// For an array element node, the source range contains the locations of |
2441 | /// the square brackets. For a field or identifier node, the source range |
2442 | /// contains the location of the period (if there is one) and the |
2443 | /// identifier. |
2444 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; } |
2445 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); } |
2446 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); } |
2447 | }; |
2448 | |
2449 | /// OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form |
2450 | /// offsetof(record-type, member-designator). For example, given: |
2451 | /// @code |
2452 | /// struct S { |
2453 | /// float f; |
2454 | /// double d; |
2455 | /// }; |
2456 | /// struct T { |
2457 | /// int i; |
2458 | /// struct S s[10]; |
2459 | /// }; |
2460 | /// @endcode |
2461 | /// we can represent and evaluate the expression @c offsetof(struct T, s[2].d). |
2462 | |
2463 | class OffsetOfExpr final |
2464 | : public Expr, |
2465 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<OffsetOfExpr, OffsetOfNode, Expr *> { |
2466 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, RParenLoc; |
2467 | // Base type; |
2468 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; |
2469 | // Number of sub-components (i.e. instances of OffsetOfNode). |
2470 | unsigned NumComps; |
2471 | // Number of sub-expressions (i.e. array subscript expressions). |
2472 | unsigned NumExprs; |
2473 | |
2474 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<OffsetOfNode>) const { |
2475 | return NumComps; |
2476 | } |
2477 | |
2478 | OffsetOfExpr(const ASTContext &C, QualType type, |
2479 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi, |
2480 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps, ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, |
2481 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2482 | |
2483 | explicit OffsetOfExpr(unsigned numComps, unsigned numExprs) |
2484 | : Expr(OffsetOfExprClass, EmptyShell()), |
2485 | TSInfo(nullptr), NumComps(numComps), NumExprs(numExprs) {} |
2486 | |
2487 | public: |
2488 | |
2489 | static OffsetOfExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, QualType type, |
2490 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi, |
2491 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps, |
2492 | ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2493 | |
2494 | static OffsetOfExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, |
2495 | unsigned NumComps, unsigned NumExprs); |
2496 | |
2497 | /// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator. |
2498 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; } |
2499 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OperatorLoc = L; } |
2500 | |
2501 | /// Return the location of the right parentheses. |
2502 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
2503 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation R) { RParenLoc = R; } |
2504 | |
2505 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
2506 | return TSInfo; |
2507 | } |
2508 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tsi) { |
2509 | TSInfo = tsi; |
2510 | } |
2511 | |
2512 | const OffsetOfNode &getComponent(unsigned Idx) const { |
2513 | assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range" ); |
2514 | return getTrailingObjects<OffsetOfNode>()[Idx]; |
2515 | } |
2516 | |
2517 | void setComponent(unsigned Idx, OffsetOfNode ON) { |
2518 | assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range" ); |
2519 | getTrailingObjects<OffsetOfNode>()[Idx] = ON; |
2520 | } |
2521 | |
2522 | unsigned getNumComponents() const { |
2523 | return NumComps; |
2524 | } |
2525 | |
2526 | Expr* getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) { |
2527 | assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range" ); |
2528 | return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx]; |
2529 | } |
2530 | |
2531 | const Expr *getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) const { |
2532 | assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range" ); |
2533 | return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx]; |
2534 | } |
2535 | |
2536 | void setIndexExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr* E) { |
2537 | assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range" ); |
2538 | getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx] = E; |
2539 | } |
2540 | |
2541 | unsigned getNumExpressions() const { |
2542 | return NumExprs; |
2543 | } |
2544 | |
2545 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OperatorLoc; } |
2546 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
2547 | |
2548 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
2549 | return T->getStmtClass() == OffsetOfExprClass; |
2550 | } |
2551 | |
2552 | // Iterators |
2553 | child_range children() { |
2554 | Stmt **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()); |
2555 | return child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs); |
2556 | } |
2557 | const_child_range children() const { |
2558 | Stmt *const *begin = |
2559 | reinterpret_cast<Stmt *const *>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()); |
2560 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs); |
2561 | } |
2562 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2563 | }; |
2564 | |
2565 | /// UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated) |
2566 | /// expression operand. Used for sizeof/alignof (C99 6.5.3.4) and |
2567 | /// vec_step (OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12). |
2568 | class UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr : public Expr { |
2569 | union { |
2570 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty; |
2571 | Stmt *Ex; |
2572 | } Argument; |
2573 | SourceLocation OpLoc, RParenLoc; |
2574 | |
2575 | public: |
2576 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2577 | QualType resultType, SourceLocation op, |
2578 | SourceLocation rp) |
2579 | : Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, resultType, VK_PRValue, |
2580 | OK_Ordinary), |
2581 | OpLoc(op), RParenLoc(rp) { |
2582 | assert(ExprKind <= UETT_Last && "invalid enum value!" ); |
2583 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = ExprKind; |
2584 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(ExprKind) == |
2585 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind && |
2586 | "UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind overflow!" ); |
2587 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true; |
2588 | Argument.Ty = TInfo; |
2589 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
2590 | } |
2591 | |
2592 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, Expr *E, |
2593 | QualType resultType, SourceLocation op, |
2594 | SourceLocation rp); |
2595 | |
2596 | /// Construct an empty sizeof/alignof expression. |
2597 | explicit UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
2598 | : Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, Empty) { } |
2599 | |
2600 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait getKind() const { |
2601 | return static_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTrait>(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind); |
2602 | } |
2603 | void setKind(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait K) { |
2604 | assert(K <= UETT_Last && "invalid enum value!" ); |
2605 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = K; |
2606 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(K) == UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind && |
2607 | "UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind overflow!" ); |
2608 | } |
2609 | |
2610 | bool isArgumentType() const { return UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType; } |
2611 | QualType getArgumentType() const { |
2612 | return getArgumentTypeInfo()->getType(); |
2613 | } |
2614 | TypeSourceInfo *getArgumentTypeInfo() const { |
2615 | assert(isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentType() when arg is expr" ); |
2616 | return Argument.Ty; |
2617 | } |
2618 | Expr *getArgumentExpr() { |
2619 | assert(!isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentExpr() when arg is type" ); |
2620 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Argument.Ex); |
2621 | } |
2622 | const Expr *getArgumentExpr() const { |
2623 | return const_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr*>(this)->getArgumentExpr(); |
2624 | } |
2625 | |
2626 | void setArgument(Expr *E) { |
2627 | Argument.Ex = E; |
2628 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = false; |
2629 | } |
2630 | void setArgument(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { |
2631 | Argument.Ty = TInfo; |
2632 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true; |
2633 | } |
2634 | |
2635 | /// Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever |
2636 | /// is appropriate. |
2637 | QualType getTypeOfArgument() const { |
2638 | return isArgumentType() ? getArgumentType() : getArgumentExpr()->getType(); |
2639 | } |
2640 | |
2641 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OpLoc; } |
2642 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; } |
2643 | |
2644 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
2645 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
2646 | |
2647 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OpLoc; } |
2648 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
2649 | |
2650 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
2651 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass; |
2652 | } |
2653 | |
2654 | // Iterators |
2655 | child_range children(); |
2656 | const_child_range children() const; |
2657 | }; |
2658 | |
2659 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2660 | // Postfix Operators. |
2661 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2662 | |
2663 | /// ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting. |
2664 | class ArraySubscriptExpr : public Expr { |
2665 | enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; |
2666 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR]; |
2667 | |
2668 | bool lhsIsBase() const { return getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType(); } |
2669 | |
2670 | public: |
2671 | ArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, |
2672 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation rbracketloc) |
2673 | : Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, t, VK, OK) { |
2674 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; |
2675 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; |
2676 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = rbracketloc; |
2677 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
2678 | } |
2679 | |
2680 | /// Create an empty array subscript expression. |
2681 | explicit ArraySubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell) |
2682 | : Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, Shell) { } |
2683 | |
2684 | /// An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent). |
2685 | /// - getBase() and getIdx() always present the normalized view: A[4]. |
2686 | /// In this case getBase() returns "A" and getIdx() returns "4". |
2687 | /// - getLHS() and getRHS() present the syntactic view. e.g. for |
2688 | /// 4[A] getLHS() returns "4". |
2689 | /// Note: Because vector element access is also written A[4] we must |
2690 | /// predicate the format conversion in getBase and getIdx only on the |
2691 | /// the type of the RHS, as it is possible for the LHS to be a vector of |
2692 | /// integer type |
2693 | Expr *getLHS() { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[LHS]); } |
2694 | const Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[LHS]); } |
2695 | void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; } |
2696 | |
2697 | Expr *getRHS() { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[RHS]); } |
2698 | const Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[RHS]); } |
2699 | void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; } |
2700 | |
2701 | Expr *getBase() { return lhsIsBase() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); } |
2702 | const Expr *getBase() const { return lhsIsBase() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); } |
2703 | |
2704 | Expr *getIdx() { return lhsIsBase() ? getRHS() : getLHS(); } |
2705 | const Expr *getIdx() const { return lhsIsBase() ? getRHS() : getLHS(); } |
2706 | |
2707 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
2708 | return getLHS()->getBeginLoc(); |
2709 | } |
2710 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRBracketLoc(); } |
2711 | |
2712 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { |
2713 | return ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc; |
2714 | } |
2715 | void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { |
2716 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = L; |
2717 | } |
2718 | |
2719 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
2720 | return getBase()->getExprLoc(); |
2721 | } |
2722 | |
2723 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
2724 | return T->getStmtClass() == ArraySubscriptExprClass; |
2725 | } |
2726 | |
2727 | // Iterators |
2728 | child_range children() { |
2729 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); |
2730 | } |
2731 | const_child_range children() const { |
2732 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
2733 | } |
2734 | }; |
2735 | |
2736 | /// MatrixSubscriptExpr - Matrix subscript expression for the MatrixType |
2737 | /// extension. |
2738 | /// MatrixSubscriptExpr can be either incomplete (only Base and RowIdx are set |
2739 | /// so far, the type is IncompleteMatrixIdx) or complete (Base, RowIdx and |
2740 | /// ColumnIdx refer to valid expressions). Incomplete matrix expressions only |
2741 | /// exist during the initial construction of the AST. |
2742 | class MatrixSubscriptExpr : public Expr { |
2743 | enum { BASE, ROW_IDX, COLUMN_IDX, END_EXPR }; |
2744 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR]; |
2745 | |
2746 | public: |
2747 | MatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, Expr *ColumnIdx, QualType T, |
2748 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc) |
2749 | : Expr(MatrixSubscriptExprClass, T, Base->getValueKind(), |
2750 | OK_MatrixComponent) { |
2751 | SubExprs[BASE] = Base; |
2752 | SubExprs[ROW_IDX] = RowIdx; |
2753 | SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] = ColumnIdx; |
2754 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc; |
2755 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
2756 | } |
2757 | |
2758 | /// Create an empty matrix subscript expression. |
2759 | explicit MatrixSubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell) |
2760 | : Expr(MatrixSubscriptExprClass, Shell) {} |
2761 | |
2762 | bool isIncomplete() const { |
2763 | bool IsIncomplete = hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx); |
2764 | assert((SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] || IsIncomplete) && |
2765 | "expressions without column index must be marked as incomplete" ); |
2766 | return IsIncomplete; |
2767 | } |
2768 | Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[BASE]); } |
2769 | const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[BASE]); } |
2770 | void setBase(Expr *E) { SubExprs[BASE] = E; } |
2771 | |
2772 | Expr *getRowIdx() { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[ROW_IDX]); } |
2773 | const Expr *getRowIdx() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[ROW_IDX]); } |
2774 | void setRowIdx(Expr *E) { SubExprs[ROW_IDX] = E; } |
2775 | |
2776 | Expr *getColumnIdx() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX]); } |
2777 | const Expr *getColumnIdx() const { |
2778 | assert(!isIncomplete() && |
2779 | "cannot get the column index of an incomplete expression" ); |
2780 | return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX]); |
2781 | } |
2782 | void setColumnIdx(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] = E; } |
2783 | |
2784 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
2785 | return getBase()->getBeginLoc(); |
2786 | } |
2787 | |
2788 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRBracketLoc(); } |
2789 | |
2790 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
2791 | return getBase()->getExprLoc(); |
2792 | } |
2793 | |
2794 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { |
2795 | return ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc; |
2796 | } |
2797 | void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { |
2798 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = L; |
2799 | } |
2800 | |
2801 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
2802 | return T->getStmtClass() == MatrixSubscriptExprClass; |
2803 | } |
2804 | |
2805 | // Iterators |
2806 | child_range children() { |
2807 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
2808 | } |
2809 | const_child_range children() const { |
2810 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
2811 | } |
2812 | }; |
2813 | |
2814 | /// CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]). |
2815 | /// CallExpr itself represents a normal function call, e.g., "f(x, 2)", |
2816 | /// while its subclasses may represent alternative syntax that (semantically) |
2817 | /// results in a function call. For example, CXXOperatorCallExpr is |
2818 | /// a subclass for overloaded operator calls that use operator syntax, e.g., |
2819 | /// "str1 + str2" to resolve to a function call. |
2820 | class CallExpr : public Expr { |
2821 | enum { FN = 0, PREARGS_START = 1 }; |
2822 | |
2823 | /// The number of arguments in the call expression. |
2824 | unsigned NumArgs; |
2825 | |
2826 | /// The location of the right parentheses. This has a different meaning for |
2827 | /// the derived classes of CallExpr. |
2828 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; |
2829 | |
2830 | // CallExpr store some data in trailing objects. However since CallExpr |
2831 | // is used a base of other expression classes we cannot use |
2832 | // llvm::TrailingObjects. Instead we manually perform the pointer arithmetic |
2833 | // and casts. |
2834 | // |
2835 | // The trailing objects are in order: |
2836 | // |
2837 | // * A single "Stmt *" for the callee expression. |
2838 | // |
2839 | // * An array of getNumPreArgs() "Stmt *" for the pre-argument expressions. |
2840 | // |
2841 | // * An array of getNumArgs() "Stmt *" for the argument expressions. |
2842 | // |
2843 | // * An optional of type FPOptionsOverride. |
2844 | // |
2845 | // Note that we store the offset in bytes from the this pointer to the start |
2846 | // of the trailing objects. It would be perfectly possible to compute it |
2847 | // based on the dynamic kind of the CallExpr. However 1.) we have plenty of |
2848 | // space in the bit-fields of Stmt. 2.) It was benchmarked to be faster to |
2849 | // compute this once and then load the offset from the bit-fields of Stmt, |
2850 | // instead of re-computing the offset each time the trailing objects are |
2851 | // accessed. |
2852 | |
2853 | /// Return a pointer to the start of the trailing array of "Stmt *". |
2854 | Stmt **getTrailingStmts() { |
2855 | return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + |
2856 | CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects); |
2857 | } |
2858 | Stmt *const *getTrailingStmts() const { |
2859 | return const_cast<CallExpr *>(this)->getTrailingStmts(); |
2860 | } |
2861 | |
2862 | /// Map a statement class to the appropriate offset in bytes from the |
2863 | /// this pointer to the trailing objects. |
2864 | static unsigned offsetToTrailingObjects(StmtClass SC); |
2865 | |
2866 | unsigned getSizeOfTrailingStmts() const { |
2867 | return (1 + getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()) * sizeof(Stmt *); |
2868 | } |
2869 | |
2870 | size_t getOffsetOfTrailingFPFeatures() const { |
2871 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
2872 | return CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + getSizeOfTrailingStmts(); |
2873 | } |
2874 | |
2875 | public: |
2876 | enum class ADLCallKind : bool { NotADL, UsesADL }; |
2877 | static constexpr ADLCallKind NotADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL; |
2878 | static constexpr ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::UsesADL; |
2879 | |
2880 | protected: |
2881 | /// Build a call expression, assuming that appropriate storage has been |
2882 | /// allocated for the trailing objects. |
2883 | CallExpr(StmtClass SC, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> PreArgs, |
2884 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
2885 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, |
2886 | unsigned MinNumArgs, ADLCallKind UsesADL); |
2887 | |
2888 | /// Build an empty call expression, for deserialization. |
2889 | CallExpr(StmtClass SC, unsigned NumPreArgs, unsigned NumArgs, |
2890 | bool hasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); |
2891 | |
2892 | /// Return the size in bytes needed for the trailing objects. |
2893 | /// Used by the derived classes to allocate the right amount of storage. |
2894 | static unsigned sizeOfTrailingObjects(unsigned NumPreArgs, unsigned NumArgs, |
2895 | bool HasFPFeatures) { |
2896 | return (1 + NumPreArgs + NumArgs) * sizeof(Stmt *) + |
2897 | HasFPFeatures * sizeof(FPOptionsOverride); |
2898 | } |
2899 | |
2900 | Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned I) { |
2901 | assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!" ); |
2902 | return getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I]; |
2903 | } |
2904 | const Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned I) const { |
2905 | assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!" ); |
2906 | return getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I]; |
2907 | } |
2908 | void setPreArg(unsigned I, Stmt *PreArg) { |
2909 | assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!" ); |
2910 | getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I] = PreArg; |
2911 | } |
2912 | |
2913 | unsigned getNumPreArgs() const { return CallExprBits.NumPreArgs; } |
2914 | |
2915 | /// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions |
2916 | FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() { |
2917 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
2918 | return reinterpret_cast<FPOptionsOverride *>( |
2919 | reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + |
2920 | getSizeOfTrailingStmts()); |
2921 | } |
2922 | const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const { |
2923 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
2924 | return reinterpret_cast<const FPOptionsOverride *>( |
2925 | reinterpret_cast<const char *>(this) + |
2926 | CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + getSizeOfTrailingStmts()); |
2927 | } |
2928 | |
2929 | public: |
2930 | /// Create a call expression. |
2931 | /// \param Fn The callee expression, |
2932 | /// \param Args The argument array, |
2933 | /// \param Ty The type of the call expression (which is *not* the return |
2934 | /// type in general), |
2935 | /// \param VK The value kind of the call expression (lvalue, rvalue, ...), |
2936 | /// \param RParenLoc The location of the right parenthesis in the call |
2937 | /// expression. |
2938 | /// \param FPFeatures Floating-point features associated with the call, |
2939 | /// \param MinNumArgs Specifies the minimum number of arguments. The actual |
2940 | /// number of arguments will be the greater of Args.size() |
2941 | /// and MinNumArgs. This is used in a few places to allocate |
2942 | /// enough storage for the default arguments. |
2943 | /// \param UsesADL Specifies whether the callee was found through |
2944 | /// argument-dependent lookup. |
2945 | /// |
2946 | /// Note that you can use CreateTemporary if you need a temporary call |
2947 | /// expression on the stack. |
2948 | static CallExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Fn, |
2949 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
2950 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
2951 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, unsigned MinNumArgs = 0, |
2952 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = NotADL); |
2953 | |
2954 | /// Create a temporary call expression with no arguments in the memory |
2955 | /// pointed to by Mem. Mem must points to at least sizeof(CallExpr) |
2956 | /// + sizeof(Stmt *) bytes of storage, aligned to alignof(CallExpr): |
2957 | /// |
2958 | /// \code{.cpp} |
2959 | /// alignas(CallExpr) char Buffer[sizeof(CallExpr) + sizeof(Stmt *)]; |
2960 | /// CallExpr *TheCall = CallExpr::CreateTemporary(Buffer, etc); |
2961 | /// \endcode |
2962 | static CallExpr *CreateTemporary(void *Mem, Expr *Fn, QualType Ty, |
2963 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
2964 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = NotADL); |
2965 | |
2966 | /// Create an empty call expression, for deserialization. |
2967 | static CallExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumArgs, |
2968 | bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); |
2969 | |
2970 | Expr *getCallee() { return cast<Expr>(Val: getTrailingStmts()[FN]); } |
2971 | const Expr *getCallee() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: getTrailingStmts()[FN]); } |
2972 | void setCallee(Expr *F) { getTrailingStmts()[FN] = F; } |
2973 | |
2974 | ADLCallKind getADLCallKind() const { |
2975 | return static_cast<ADLCallKind>(CallExprBits.UsesADL); |
2976 | } |
2977 | void setADLCallKind(ADLCallKind V = UsesADL) { |
2978 | CallExprBits.UsesADL = static_cast<bool>(V); |
2979 | } |
2980 | bool usesADL() const { return getADLCallKind() == UsesADL; } |
2981 | |
2982 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return CallExprBits.HasFPFeatures; } |
2983 | |
2984 | Decl *getCalleeDecl() { return getCallee()->getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); } |
2985 | const Decl *getCalleeDecl() const { |
2986 | return getCallee()->getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); |
2987 | } |
2988 | |
2989 | /// If the callee is a FunctionDecl, return it. Otherwise return null. |
2990 | FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee() { |
2991 | return dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Val: getCalleeDecl()); |
2992 | } |
2993 | const FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee() const { |
2994 | return dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Val: getCalleeDecl()); |
2995 | } |
2996 | |
2997 | /// getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call. |
2998 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; } |
2999 | |
3000 | /// Retrieve the call arguments. |
3001 | Expr **getArgs() { |
3002 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + |
3003 | getNumPreArgs()); |
3004 | } |
3005 | const Expr *const *getArgs() const { |
3006 | return reinterpret_cast<const Expr *const *>( |
3007 | getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs()); |
3008 | } |
3009 | |
3010 | /// getArg - Return the specified argument. |
3011 | Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) { |
3012 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!" ); |
3013 | return getArgs()[Arg]; |
3014 | } |
3015 | const Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const { |
3016 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!" ); |
3017 | return getArgs()[Arg]; |
3018 | } |
3019 | |
3020 | /// setArg - Set the specified argument. |
3021 | /// ! the dependence bits might be stale after calling this setter, it is |
3022 | /// *caller*'s responsibility to recompute them by calling |
3023 | /// computeDependence(). |
3024 | void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr) { |
3025 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!" ); |
3026 | getArgs()[Arg] = ArgExpr; |
3027 | } |
3028 | |
3029 | /// Compute and set dependence bits. |
3030 | void computeDependence() { |
3031 | setDependence(clang::computeDependence( |
3032 | E: this, PreArgs: llvm::ArrayRef( |
3033 | reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START), |
3034 | getNumPreArgs()))); |
3035 | } |
3036 | |
3037 | /// Reduce the number of arguments in this call expression. This is used for |
3038 | /// example during error recovery to drop extra arguments. There is no way |
3039 | /// to perform the opposite because: 1.) We don't track how much storage |
3040 | /// we have for the argument array 2.) This would potentially require growing |
3041 | /// the argument array, something we cannot support since the arguments are |
3042 | /// stored in a trailing array. |
3043 | void shrinkNumArgs(unsigned NewNumArgs) { |
3044 | assert((NewNumArgs <= getNumArgs()) && |
3045 | "shrinkNumArgs cannot increase the number of arguments!" ); |
3046 | NumArgs = NewNumArgs; |
3047 | } |
3048 | |
3049 | /// Bluntly set a new number of arguments without doing any checks whatsoever. |
3050 | /// Only used during construction of a CallExpr in a few places in Sema. |
3051 | /// FIXME: Find a way to remove it. |
3052 | void setNumArgsUnsafe(unsigned NewNumArgs) { NumArgs = NewNumArgs; } |
3053 | |
3054 | typedef ExprIterator arg_iterator; |
3055 | typedef ConstExprIterator const_arg_iterator; |
3056 | typedef llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator> arg_range; |
3057 | typedef llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator> const_arg_range; |
3058 | |
3059 | arg_range arguments() { return arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); } |
3060 | const_arg_range arguments() const { |
3061 | return const_arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); |
3062 | } |
3063 | |
3064 | arg_iterator arg_begin() { |
3065 | return getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs(); |
3066 | } |
3067 | arg_iterator arg_end() { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } |
3068 | |
3069 | const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const { |
3070 | return getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs(); |
3071 | } |
3072 | const_arg_iterator arg_end() const { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } |
3073 | |
3074 | /// This method provides fast access to all the subexpressions of |
3075 | /// a CallExpr without going through the slower virtual child_iterator |
3076 | /// interface. This provides efficient reverse iteration of the |
3077 | /// subexpressions. This is currently used for CFG construction. |
3078 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> getRawSubExprs() { |
3079 | return llvm::ArrayRef(getTrailingStmts(), |
3080 | PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()); |
3081 | } |
3082 | |
3083 | /// Get FPOptionsOverride from trailing storage. |
3084 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { |
3085 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
3086 | return *getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
3087 | } |
3088 | /// Set FPOptionsOverride in trailing storage. Used only by Serialization. |
3089 | void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) { |
3090 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
3091 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = F; |
3092 | } |
3093 | |
3094 | /// Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
3095 | /// operations on floating point types. |
3096 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
3097 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
3098 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); |
3099 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); |
3100 | } |
3101 | |
3102 | FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const { |
3103 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
3104 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); |
3105 | return FPOptionsOverride(); |
3106 | } |
3107 | |
3108 | /// getBuiltinCallee - If this is a call to a builtin, return the builtin ID |
3109 | /// of the callee. If not, return 0. |
3110 | unsigned getBuiltinCallee() const; |
3111 | |
3112 | /// Returns \c true if this is a call to a builtin which does not |
3113 | /// evaluate side-effects within its arguments. |
3114 | bool isUnevaluatedBuiltinCall(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
3115 | |
3116 | /// getCallReturnType - Get the return type of the call expr. This is not |
3117 | /// always the type of the expr itself, if the return type is a reference |
3118 | /// type. |
3119 | QualType getCallReturnType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
3120 | |
3121 | /// Returns the WarnUnusedResultAttr that is either declared on the called |
3122 | /// function, or its return type declaration. |
3123 | const Attr *getUnusedResultAttr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
3124 | |
3125 | /// Returns true if this call expression should warn on unused results. |
3126 | bool hasUnusedResultAttr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const { |
3127 | return getUnusedResultAttr(Ctx) != nullptr; |
3128 | } |
3129 | |
3130 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
3131 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
3132 | |
3133 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
3134 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
3135 | |
3136 | /// Return true if this is a call to __assume() or __builtin_assume() with |
3137 | /// a non-value-dependent constant parameter evaluating as false. |
3138 | bool isBuiltinAssumeFalse(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
3139 | |
3140 | /// Used by Sema to implement MSVC-compatible delayed name lookup. |
3141 | /// (Usually Exprs themselves should set dependence). |
3142 | void markDependentForPostponedNameLookup() { |
3143 | setDependence(getDependence() | ExprDependence::TypeValueInstantiation); |
3144 | } |
3145 | |
3146 | bool isCallToStdMove() const; |
3147 | |
3148 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
3149 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCallExprConstant && |
3150 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastCallExprConstant; |
3151 | } |
3152 | |
3153 | // Iterators |
3154 | child_range children() { |
3155 | return child_range(getTrailingStmts(), getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + |
3156 | getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()); |
3157 | } |
3158 | |
3159 | const_child_range children() const { |
3160 | return const_child_range(getTrailingStmts(), |
3161 | getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + |
3162 | getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()); |
3163 | } |
3164 | }; |
3165 | |
3166 | /// MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members. X->F and X.F. |
3167 | /// |
3168 | class MemberExpr final |
3169 | : public Expr, |
3170 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<MemberExpr, NestedNameSpecifierLoc, |
3171 | DeclAccessPair, ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, |
3172 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { |
3173 | friend class ASTReader; |
3174 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
3175 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
3176 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3177 | |
3178 | /// Base - the expression for the base pointer or structure references. In |
3179 | /// X.F, this is "X". |
3180 | Stmt *Base; |
3181 | |
3182 | /// MemberDecl - This is the decl being referenced by the field/member name. |
3183 | /// In X.F, this is the decl referenced by F. |
3184 | ValueDecl *MemberDecl; |
3185 | |
3186 | /// MemberDNLoc - Provides source/type location info for the |
3187 | /// declaration name embedded in MemberDecl. |
3188 | DeclarationNameLoc MemberDNLoc; |
3189 | |
3190 | /// MemberLoc - This is the location of the member name. |
3191 | SourceLocation MemberLoc; |
3192 | |
3193 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>) const { |
3194 | return hasQualifier(); |
3195 | } |
3196 | |
3197 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<DeclAccessPair>) const { |
3198 | return hasFoundDecl(); |
3199 | } |
3200 | |
3201 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { |
3202 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); |
3203 | } |
3204 | |
3205 | bool hasFoundDecl() const { return MemberExprBits.HasFoundDecl; } |
3206 | |
3207 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { |
3208 | return MemberExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; |
3209 | } |
3210 | |
3211 | MemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
3212 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
3213 | ValueDecl *MemberDecl, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3214 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
3215 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, QualType T, |
3216 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, NonOdrUseReason NOUR); |
3217 | MemberExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
3218 | : Expr(MemberExprClass, Empty), Base(), MemberDecl() {} |
3219 | |
3220 | public: |
3221 | static MemberExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, |
3222 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
3223 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3224 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *MemberDecl, |
3225 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3226 | DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo, |
3227 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
3228 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
3229 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR); |
3230 | |
3231 | /// Create an implicit MemberExpr, with no location, qualifier, template |
3232 | /// arguments, and so on. Suitable only for non-static member access. |
3233 | static MemberExpr *CreateImplicit(const ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, |
3234 | bool IsArrow, ValueDecl *MemberDecl, |
3235 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, |
3236 | ExprObjectKind OK) { |
3237 | return Create(C, Base, IsArrow, OperatorLoc: SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc: NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), |
3238 | TemplateKWLoc: SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, |
3239 | FoundDecl: DeclAccessPair::make(D: MemberDecl, AS: MemberDecl->getAccess()), |
3240 | MemberNameInfo: DeclarationNameInfo(), TemplateArgs: nullptr, T, VK, OK, NOUR: NOUR_None); |
3241 | } |
3242 | |
3243 | static MemberExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasQualifier, |
3244 | bool HasFoundDecl, |
3245 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, |
3246 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); |
3247 | |
3248 | void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; } |
3249 | Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: Base); } |
3250 | |
3251 | /// Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers. |
3252 | /// |
3253 | /// The returned declaration will be a FieldDecl or (in C++) a VarDecl (for |
3254 | /// static data members), a CXXMethodDecl, or an EnumConstantDecl. |
3255 | ValueDecl *getMemberDecl() const { return MemberDecl; } |
3256 | void setMemberDecl(ValueDecl *D); |
3257 | |
3258 | /// Retrieves the declaration found by lookup. |
3259 | DeclAccessPair getFoundDecl() const { |
3260 | if (!hasFoundDecl()) |
3261 | return DeclAccessPair::make(D: getMemberDecl(), |
3262 | AS: getMemberDecl()->getAccess()); |
3263 | return *getTrailingObjects<DeclAccessPair>(); |
3264 | } |
3265 | |
3266 | /// Determines whether this member expression actually had |
3267 | /// a C++ nested-name-specifier prior to the name of the member, e.g., |
3268 | /// x->Base::foo. |
3269 | bool hasQualifier() const { return MemberExprBits.HasQualifier; } |
3270 | |
3271 | /// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the |
3272 | /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name, with source-location |
3273 | /// information. |
3274 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { |
3275 | if (!hasQualifier()) |
3276 | return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
3277 | return *getTrailingObjects<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>(); |
3278 | } |
3279 | |
3280 | /// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the |
3281 | /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name. Otherwise, returns |
3282 | /// NULL. |
3283 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
3284 | return getQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
3285 | } |
3286 | |
3287 | /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding |
3288 | /// the member name, if any. |
3289 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { |
3290 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
3291 | return SourceLocation(); |
3292 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc; |
3293 | } |
3294 | |
3295 | /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the |
3296 | /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any. |
3297 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { |
3298 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
3299 | return SourceLocation(); |
3300 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc; |
3301 | } |
3302 | |
3303 | /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the |
3304 | /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any. |
3305 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { |
3306 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
3307 | return SourceLocation(); |
3308 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc; |
3309 | } |
3310 | |
3311 | /// Determines whether the member name was preceded by the template keyword. |
3312 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } |
3313 | |
3314 | /// Determines whether the member name was followed by an |
3315 | /// explicit template argument list. |
3316 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } |
3317 | |
3318 | /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given |
3319 | /// structure. |
3320 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { |
3321 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
3322 | getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto( |
3323 | getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List); |
3324 | } |
3325 | |
3326 | /// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this |
3327 | /// template-id. |
3328 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const { |
3329 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
3330 | return nullptr; |
3331 | |
3332 | return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); |
3333 | } |
3334 | |
3335 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this |
3336 | /// template-id. |
3337 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { |
3338 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
3339 | return 0; |
3340 | |
3341 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs; |
3342 | } |
3343 | |
3344 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { |
3345 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; |
3346 | } |
3347 | |
3348 | /// Retrieve the member declaration name info. |
3349 | DeclarationNameInfo getMemberNameInfo() const { |
3350 | return DeclarationNameInfo(MemberDecl->getDeclName(), |
3351 | MemberLoc, MemberDNLoc); |
3352 | } |
3353 | |
3354 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return MemberExprBits.OperatorLoc; } |
3355 | |
3356 | bool isArrow() const { return MemberExprBits.IsArrow; } |
3357 | void setArrow(bool A) { MemberExprBits.IsArrow = A; } |
3358 | |
3359 | /// getMemberLoc - Return the location of the "member", in X->F, it is the |
3360 | /// location of 'F'. |
3361 | SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberLoc; } |
3362 | void setMemberLoc(SourceLocation L) { MemberLoc = L; } |
3363 | |
3364 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
3365 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
3366 | |
3367 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return MemberLoc; } |
3368 | |
3369 | /// Determine whether the base of this explicit is implicit. |
3370 | bool isImplicitAccess() const { |
3371 | return getBase() && getBase()->isImplicitCXXThis(); |
3372 | } |
3373 | |
3374 | /// Returns true if this member expression refers to a method that |
3375 | /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1. |
3376 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { |
3377 | return MemberExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates; |
3378 | } |
3379 | /// Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to |
3380 | /// a method that was resolved from an overloaded set having size |
3381 | /// greater than 1. |
3382 | void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) { |
3383 | MemberExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V; |
3384 | } |
3385 | |
3386 | /// Returns true if virtual dispatch is performed. |
3387 | /// If the member access is fully qualified, (i.e. X::f()), virtual |
3388 | /// dispatching is not performed. In -fapple-kext mode qualified |
3389 | /// calls to virtual method will still go through the vtable. |
3390 | bool performsVirtualDispatch(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
3391 | return LO.AppleKext || !hasQualifier(); |
3392 | } |
3393 | |
3394 | /// Is this expression a non-odr-use reference, and if so, why? |
3395 | /// This is only meaningful if the named member is a static member. |
3396 | NonOdrUseReason isNonOdrUse() const { |
3397 | return static_cast<NonOdrUseReason>(MemberExprBits.NonOdrUseReason); |
3398 | } |
3399 | |
3400 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
3401 | return T->getStmtClass() == MemberExprClass; |
3402 | } |
3403 | |
3404 | // Iterators |
3405 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); } |
3406 | const_child_range children() const { |
3407 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); |
3408 | } |
3409 | }; |
3410 | |
3411 | /// CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5] |
3412 | /// |
3413 | class CompoundLiteralExpr : public Expr { |
3414 | /// LParenLoc - If non-null, this is the location of the left paren in a |
3415 | /// compound literal like "(int){4}". This can be null if this is a |
3416 | /// synthesized compound expression. |
3417 | SourceLocation LParenLoc; |
3418 | |
3419 | /// The type as written. This can be an incomplete array type, in |
3420 | /// which case the actual expression type will be different. |
3421 | /// The int part of the pair stores whether this expr is file scope. |
3422 | llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfoAndScope; |
3423 | Stmt *Init; |
3424 | public: |
3425 | CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation lparenloc, TypeSourceInfo *tinfo, |
3426 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *init, bool fileScope) |
3427 | : Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, T, VK, OK_Ordinary), |
3428 | LParenLoc(lparenloc), TInfoAndScope(tinfo, fileScope), Init(init) { |
3429 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
3430 | } |
3431 | |
3432 | /// Construct an empty compound literal. |
3433 | explicit CompoundLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
3434 | : Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, Empty) { } |
3435 | |
3436 | const Expr *getInitializer() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: Init); } |
3437 | Expr *getInitializer() { return cast<Expr>(Val: Init); } |
3438 | void setInitializer(Expr *E) { Init = E; } |
3439 | |
3440 | bool isFileScope() const { return TInfoAndScope.getInt(); } |
3441 | void setFileScope(bool FS) { TInfoAndScope.setInt(FS); } |
3442 | |
3443 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } |
3444 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; } |
3445 | |
3446 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
3447 | return TInfoAndScope.getPointer(); |
3448 | } |
3449 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tinfo) { |
3450 | TInfoAndScope.setPointer(tinfo); |
3451 | } |
3452 | |
3453 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
3454 | // FIXME: Init should never be null. |
3455 | if (!Init) |
3456 | return SourceLocation(); |
3457 | if (LParenLoc.isInvalid()) |
3458 | return Init->getBeginLoc(); |
3459 | return LParenLoc; |
3460 | } |
3461 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
3462 | // FIXME: Init should never be null. |
3463 | if (!Init) |
3464 | return SourceLocation(); |
3465 | return Init->getEndLoc(); |
3466 | } |
3467 | |
3468 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
3469 | return T->getStmtClass() == CompoundLiteralExprClass; |
3470 | } |
3471 | |
3472 | // Iterators |
3473 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Init, &Init+1); } |
3474 | const_child_range children() const { |
3475 | return const_child_range(&Init, &Init + 1); |
3476 | } |
3477 | }; |
3478 | |
3479 | /// CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit |
3480 | /// casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit casts that have some |
3481 | /// representation in the source code (ExplicitCastExpr's derived |
3482 | /// classes). |
3483 | class CastExpr : public Expr { |
3484 | Stmt *Op; |
3485 | |
3486 | bool CastConsistency() const; |
3487 | |
3488 | const CXXBaseSpecifier * const *path_buffer() const { |
3489 | return const_cast<CastExpr*>(this)->path_buffer(); |
3490 | } |
3491 | CXXBaseSpecifier **path_buffer(); |
3492 | |
3493 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
3494 | |
3495 | protected: |
3496 | CastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, const CastKind kind, |
3497 | Expr *op, unsigned BasePathSize, bool HasFPFeatures) |
3498 | : Expr(SC, ty, VK, OK_Ordinary), Op(op) { |
3499 | CastExprBits.Kind = kind; |
3500 | CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = false; |
3501 | CastExprBits.BasePathSize = BasePathSize; |
3502 | assert((CastExprBits.BasePathSize == BasePathSize) && |
3503 | "BasePathSize overflow!" ); |
3504 | assert(CastConsistency()); |
3505 | CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures; |
3506 | } |
3507 | |
3508 | /// Construct an empty cast. |
3509 | CastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned BasePathSize, |
3510 | bool HasFPFeatures) |
3511 | : Expr(SC, Empty) { |
3512 | CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = false; |
3513 | CastExprBits.BasePathSize = BasePathSize; |
3514 | CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures; |
3515 | assert((CastExprBits.BasePathSize == BasePathSize) && |
3516 | "BasePathSize overflow!" ); |
3517 | } |
3518 | |
3519 | /// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions. |
3520 | /// \pre hasStoredFPFeatures() == true |
3521 | FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
3522 | const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const { |
3523 | return const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
3524 | } |
3525 | |
3526 | public: |
3527 | CastKind getCastKind() const { return (CastKind) CastExprBits.Kind; } |
3528 | void setCastKind(CastKind K) { CastExprBits.Kind = K; } |
3529 | |
3530 | static const char *getCastKindName(CastKind CK); |
3531 | const char *getCastKindName() const { return getCastKindName(CK: getCastKind()); } |
3532 | |
3533 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val: Op); } |
3534 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: Op); } |
3535 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Op = E; } |
3536 | |
3537 | /// Retrieve the cast subexpression as it was written in the source |
3538 | /// code, looking through any implicit casts or other intermediate nodes |
3539 | /// introduced by semantic analysis. |
3540 | Expr *getSubExprAsWritten(); |
3541 | const Expr *getSubExprAsWritten() const { |
3542 | return const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->getSubExprAsWritten(); |
3543 | } |
3544 | |
3545 | /// If this cast applies a user-defined conversion, retrieve the conversion |
3546 | /// function that it invokes. |
3547 | NamedDecl *getConversionFunction() const; |
3548 | |
3549 | typedef CXXBaseSpecifier **path_iterator; |
3550 | typedef const CXXBaseSpecifier *const *path_const_iterator; |
3551 | bool path_empty() const { return path_size() == 0; } |
3552 | unsigned path_size() const { return CastExprBits.BasePathSize; } |
3553 | path_iterator path_begin() { return path_buffer(); } |
3554 | path_iterator path_end() { return path_buffer() + path_size(); } |
3555 | path_const_iterator path_begin() const { return path_buffer(); } |
3556 | path_const_iterator path_end() const { return path_buffer() + path_size(); } |
3557 | |
3558 | /// Path through the class hierarchy taken by casts between base and derived |
3559 | /// classes (see implementation of `CastConsistency()` for a full list of |
3560 | /// cast kinds that have a path). |
3561 | /// |
3562 | /// For each derived-to-base edge in the path, the path contains a |
3563 | /// `CXXBaseSpecifier` for the base class of that edge; the entries are |
3564 | /// ordered from derived class to base class. |
3565 | /// |
3566 | /// For example, given classes `Base`, `Intermediate : public Base` and |
3567 | /// `Derived : public Intermediate`, the path for a cast from `Derived *` to |
3568 | /// `Base *` contains two entries: One for `Intermediate`, and one for `Base`, |
3569 | /// in that order. |
3570 | llvm::iterator_range<path_iterator> path() { |
3571 | return llvm::make_range(x: path_begin(), y: path_end()); |
3572 | } |
3573 | llvm::iterator_range<path_const_iterator> path() const { |
3574 | return llvm::make_range(x: path_begin(), y: path_end()); |
3575 | } |
3576 | |
3577 | const FieldDecl *getTargetUnionField() const { |
3578 | assert(getCastKind() == CK_ToUnion); |
3579 | return getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(getType(), getSubExpr()->getType()); |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures; } |
3583 | |
3584 | /// Get FPOptionsOverride from trailing storage. |
3585 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { |
3586 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
3587 | return *getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
3588 | } |
3589 | |
3590 | /// Get the FP features status of this operation. Only meaningful for |
3591 | /// operations on floating point types. |
3592 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
3593 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
3594 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); |
3595 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); |
3596 | } |
3597 | |
3598 | FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const { |
3599 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
3600 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); |
3601 | return FPOptionsOverride(); |
3602 | } |
3603 | |
3604 | /// Return |
3605 | // True : if this conversion changes the volatile-ness of a gl-value. |
3606 | // Qualification conversions on gl-values currently use CK_NoOp, but |
3607 | // it's important to recognize volatile-changing conversions in |
3608 | // clients code generation that normally eagerly peephole loads. Note |
3609 | // that the query is answering for this specific node; Sema may |
3610 | // produce multiple cast nodes for any particular conversion sequence. |
3611 | // False : Otherwise. |
3612 | bool changesVolatileQualification() const { |
3613 | return (isGLValue() && (getType().isVolatileQualified() != |
3614 | getSubExpr()->getType().isVolatileQualified())); |
3615 | } |
3616 | |
3617 | static const FieldDecl *getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(QualType unionType, |
3618 | QualType opType); |
3619 | static const FieldDecl *getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(const RecordDecl *RD, |
3620 | QualType opType); |
3621 | |
3622 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
3623 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCastExprConstant && |
3624 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastCastExprConstant; |
3625 | } |
3626 | |
3627 | // Iterators |
3628 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Op, &Op+1); } |
3629 | const_child_range children() const { return const_child_range(&Op, &Op + 1); } |
3630 | }; |
3631 | |
3632 | /// ImplicitCastExpr - Allows us to explicitly represent implicit type |
3633 | /// conversions, which have no direct representation in the original |
3634 | /// source code. For example: converting T[]->T*, void f()->void |
3635 | /// (*f)(), float->double, short->int, etc. |
3636 | /// |
3637 | /// In C, implicit casts always produce rvalues. However, in C++, an |
3638 | /// implicit cast whose result is being bound to a reference will be |
3639 | /// an lvalue or xvalue. For example: |
3640 | /// |
3641 | /// @code |
3642 | /// class Base { }; |
3643 | /// class Derived : public Base { }; |
3644 | /// Derived &&ref(); |
3645 | /// void f(Derived d) { |
3646 | /// Base& b = d; // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr |
3647 | /// // to an lvalue of type Base |
3648 | /// Base&& r = ref(); // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr |
3649 | /// // to an xvalue of type Base |
3650 | /// } |
3651 | /// @endcode |
3652 | class ImplicitCastExpr final |
3653 | : public CastExpr, |
3654 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ImplicitCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *, |
3655 | FPOptionsOverride> { |
3656 | |
3657 | ImplicitCastExpr(QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op, |
3658 | unsigned BasePathLength, FPOptionsOverride FPO, |
3659 | ExprValueKind VK) |
3660 | : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, BasePathLength, |
3661 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage()) { |
3662 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
3663 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
3664 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; |
3665 | } |
3666 | |
3667 | /// Construct an empty implicit cast. |
3668 | explicit ImplicitCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, |
3669 | bool HasFPFeatures) |
3670 | : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} |
3671 | |
3672 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const { |
3673 | return path_size(); |
3674 | } |
3675 | |
3676 | public: |
3677 | enum OnStack_t { OnStack }; |
3678 | ImplicitCastExpr(OnStack_t _, QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op, |
3679 | ExprValueKind VK, FPOptionsOverride FPO) |
3680 | : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, 0, |
3681 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage()) { |
3682 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
3683 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; |
3684 | } |
3685 | |
3686 | bool isPartOfExplicitCast() const { return CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast; } |
3687 | void setIsPartOfExplicitCast(bool PartOfExplicitCast) { |
3688 | CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = PartOfExplicitCast; |
3689 | } |
3690 | |
3691 | static ImplicitCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, |
3692 | CastKind Kind, Expr *Operand, |
3693 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
3694 | ExprValueKind Cat, FPOptionsOverride FPO); |
3695 | |
3696 | static ImplicitCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, |
3697 | unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures); |
3698 | |
3699 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
3700 | return getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc(); |
3701 | } |
3702 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
3703 | return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc(); |
3704 | } |
3705 | |
3706 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
3707 | return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitCastExprClass; |
3708 | } |
3709 | |
3710 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3711 | friend class CastExpr; |
3712 | }; |
3713 | |
3714 | /// ExplicitCastExpr - An explicit cast written in the source |
3715 | /// code. |
3716 | /// |
3717 | /// This class is effectively an abstract class, because it provides |
3718 | /// the basic representation of an explicitly-written cast without |
3719 | /// specifying which kind of cast (C cast, functional cast, static |
3720 | /// cast, etc.) was written; specific derived classes represent the |
3721 | /// particular style of cast and its location information. |
3722 | /// |
3723 | /// Unlike implicit casts, explicit cast nodes have two different |
3724 | /// types: the type that was written into the source code, and the |
3725 | /// actual type of the expression as determined by semantic |
3726 | /// analysis. These types may differ slightly. For example, in C++ one |
3727 | /// can cast to a reference type, which indicates that the resulting |
3728 | /// expression will be an lvalue or xvalue. The reference type, however, |
3729 | /// will not be used as the type of the expression. |
3730 | class ExplicitCastExpr : public CastExpr { |
3731 | /// TInfo - Source type info for the (written) type |
3732 | /// this expression is casting to. |
3733 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
3734 | |
3735 | protected: |
3736 | ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind VK, |
3737 | CastKind kind, Expr *op, unsigned PathSize, |
3738 | bool HasFPFeatures, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy) |
3739 | : CastExpr(SC, exprTy, VK, kind, op, PathSize, HasFPFeatures), |
3740 | TInfo(writtenTy) { |
3741 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
3742 | } |
3743 | |
3744 | /// Construct an empty explicit cast. |
3745 | ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, |
3746 | bool HasFPFeatures) |
3747 | : CastExpr(SC, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} |
3748 | |
3749 | public: |
3750 | /// getTypeInfoAsWritten - Returns the type source info for the type |
3751 | /// that this expression is casting to. |
3752 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeInfoAsWritten() const { return TInfo; } |
3753 | void setTypeInfoAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy) { TInfo = writtenTy; } |
3754 | |
3755 | /// getTypeAsWritten - Returns the type that this expression is |
3756 | /// casting to, as written in the source code. |
3757 | QualType getTypeAsWritten() const { return TInfo->getType(); } |
3758 | |
3759 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
3760 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExplicitCastExprConstant && |
3761 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastExplicitCastExprConstant; |
3762 | } |
3763 | }; |
3764 | |
3765 | /// CStyleCastExpr - An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style |
3766 | /// cast in C++ (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax |
3767 | /// (Type)expr. For example: @c (int)f. |
3768 | class CStyleCastExpr final |
3769 | : public ExplicitCastExpr, |
3770 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CStyleCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *, |
3771 | FPOptionsOverride> { |
3772 | SourceLocation LPLoc; // the location of the left paren |
3773 | SourceLocation RPLoc; // the location of the right paren |
3774 | |
3775 | CStyleCastExpr(QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind, Expr *op, |
3776 | unsigned PathSize, FPOptionsOverride FPO, |
3777 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r) |
3778 | : ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, exprTy, vk, kind, op, PathSize, |
3779 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage(), writtenTy), |
3780 | LPLoc(l), RPLoc(r) { |
3781 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
3782 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; |
3783 | } |
3784 | |
3785 | /// Construct an empty C-style explicit cast. |
3786 | explicit CStyleCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, |
3787 | bool HasFPFeatures) |
3788 | : ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} |
3789 | |
3790 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const { |
3791 | return path_size(); |
3792 | } |
3793 | |
3794 | public: |
3795 | static CStyleCastExpr * |
3796 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind K, |
3797 | Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *BasePath, FPOptionsOverride FPO, |
3798 | TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R); |
3799 | |
3800 | static CStyleCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, |
3801 | unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures); |
3802 | |
3803 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LPLoc; } |
3804 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LPLoc = L; } |
3805 | |
3806 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RPLoc; } |
3807 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RPLoc = L; } |
3808 | |
3809 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LPLoc; } |
3810 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
3811 | return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc(); |
3812 | } |
3813 | |
3814 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
3815 | return T->getStmtClass() == CStyleCastExprClass; |
3816 | } |
3817 | |
3818 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3819 | friend class CastExpr; |
3820 | }; |
3821 | |
3822 | /// A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y". |
3823 | /// |
3824 | /// This expression node kind describes a builtin binary operation, |
3825 | /// such as "x + y" for integer values "x" and "y". The operands will |
3826 | /// already have been converted to appropriate types (e.g., by |
3827 | /// performing promotions or conversions). |
3828 | /// |
3829 | /// In C++, where operators may be overloaded, a different kind of |
3830 | /// expression node (CXXOperatorCallExpr) is used to express the |
3831 | /// invocation of an overloaded operator with operator syntax. Within |
3832 | /// a C++ template, whether BinaryOperator or CXXOperatorCallExpr is |
3833 | /// used to store an expression "x + y" depends on the subexpressions |
3834 | /// for x and y. If neither x or y is type-dependent, and the "+" |
3835 | /// operator resolves to a built-in operation, BinaryOperator will be |
3836 | /// used to express the computation (x and y may still be |
3837 | /// value-dependent). If either x or y is type-dependent, or if the |
3838 | /// "+" resolves to an overloaded operator, CXXOperatorCallExpr will |
3839 | /// be used to express the computation. |
3840 | class BinaryOperator : public Expr { |
3841 | enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; |
3842 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR]; |
3843 | |
3844 | public: |
3845 | typedef BinaryOperatorKind Opcode; |
3846 | |
3847 | protected: |
3848 | size_t offsetOfTrailingStorage() const; |
3849 | |
3850 | /// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions |
3851 | FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() { |
3852 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
3853 | return reinterpret_cast<FPOptionsOverride *>( |
3854 | reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + offsetOfTrailingStorage()); |
3855 | } |
3856 | const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const { |
3857 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
3858 | return reinterpret_cast<const FPOptionsOverride *>( |
3859 | reinterpret_cast<const char *>(this) + offsetOfTrailingStorage()); |
3860 | } |
3861 | |
3862 | /// Build a binary operator, assuming that appropriate storage has been |
3863 | /// allocated for the trailing objects when needed. |
3864 | BinaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, |
3865 | QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
3866 | SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); |
3867 | |
3868 | /// Construct an empty binary operator. |
3869 | explicit BinaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(BinaryOperatorClass, Empty) { |
3870 | BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = BO_Comma; |
3871 | } |
3872 | |
3873 | public: |
3874 | static BinaryOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, bool hasFPFeatures); |
3875 | |
3876 | static BinaryOperator *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, |
3877 | Opcode opc, QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, |
3878 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation opLoc, |
3879 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); |
3880 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const { return getOperatorLoc(); } |
3881 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return BinaryOperatorBits.OpLoc; } |
3882 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { BinaryOperatorBits.OpLoc = L; } |
3883 | |
3884 | Opcode getOpcode() const { |
3885 | return static_cast<Opcode>(BinaryOperatorBits.Opc); |
3886 | } |
3887 | void setOpcode(Opcode Opc) { BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = Opc; } |
3888 | |
3889 | Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[LHS]); } |
3890 | void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; } |
3891 | Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[RHS]); } |
3892 | void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; } |
3893 | |
3894 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
3895 | return getLHS()->getBeginLoc(); |
3896 | } |
3897 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
3898 | return getRHS()->getEndLoc(); |
3899 | } |
3900 | |
3901 | /// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it |
3902 | /// corresponds to, e.g. "<<=". |
3903 | static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op); |
3904 | |
3905 | StringRef getOpcodeStr() const { return getOpcodeStr(Op: getOpcode()); } |
3906 | |
3907 | /// Retrieve the binary opcode that corresponds to the given |
3908 | /// overloaded operator. |
3909 | static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO); |
3910 | |
3911 | /// Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to |
3912 | /// the given binary opcode. |
3913 | static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc); |
3914 | |
3915 | /// predicates to categorize the respective opcodes. |
3916 | static bool isPtrMemOp(Opcode Opc) { |
3917 | return Opc == BO_PtrMemD || Opc == BO_PtrMemI; |
3918 | } |
3919 | bool isPtrMemOp() const { return isPtrMemOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3920 | |
3921 | static bool isMultiplicativeOp(Opcode Opc) { |
3922 | return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Rem; |
3923 | } |
3924 | bool isMultiplicativeOp() const { return isMultiplicativeOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3925 | static bool isAdditiveOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Add || Opc==BO_Sub; } |
3926 | bool isAdditiveOp() const { return isAdditiveOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3927 | static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Shl || Opc == BO_Shr; } |
3928 | bool isShiftOp() const { return isShiftOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3929 | |
3930 | static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_And && Opc <= BO_Or; } |
3931 | bool isBitwiseOp() const { return isBitwiseOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3932 | |
3933 | static bool isRelationalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_LT && Opc<=BO_GE; } |
3934 | bool isRelationalOp() const { return isRelationalOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3935 | |
3936 | static bool isEqualityOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_EQ || Opc == BO_NE; } |
3937 | bool isEqualityOp() const { return isEqualityOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3938 | |
3939 | static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_Cmp && Opc<=BO_NE; } |
3940 | bool isComparisonOp() const { return isComparisonOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3941 | |
3942 | static bool isCommaOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Comma; } |
3943 | bool isCommaOp() const { return isCommaOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3944 | |
3945 | static Opcode negateComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { |
3946 | switch (Opc) { |
3947 | default: |
3948 | llvm_unreachable("Not a comparison operator." ); |
3949 | case BO_LT: return BO_GE; |
3950 | case BO_GT: return BO_LE; |
3951 | case BO_LE: return BO_GT; |
3952 | case BO_GE: return BO_LT; |
3953 | case BO_EQ: return BO_NE; |
3954 | case BO_NE: return BO_EQ; |
3955 | } |
3956 | } |
3957 | |
3958 | static Opcode reverseComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { |
3959 | switch (Opc) { |
3960 | default: |
3961 | llvm_unreachable("Not a comparison operator." ); |
3962 | case BO_LT: return BO_GT; |
3963 | case BO_GT: return BO_LT; |
3964 | case BO_LE: return BO_GE; |
3965 | case BO_GE: return BO_LE; |
3966 | case BO_EQ: |
3967 | case BO_NE: |
3968 | return Opc; |
3969 | } |
3970 | } |
3971 | |
3972 | static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_LAnd || Opc==BO_LOr; } |
3973 | bool isLogicalOp() const { return isLogicalOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3974 | |
3975 | static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) { |
3976 | return Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign; |
3977 | } |
3978 | bool isAssignmentOp() const { return isAssignmentOp(Opc: getOpcode()); } |
3979 | |
3980 | static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) { |
3981 | return Opc > BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign; |
3982 | } |
3983 | bool isCompoundAssignmentOp() const { |
3984 | return isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc: getOpcode()); |
3985 | } |
3986 | static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc) { |
3987 | assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)); |
3988 | if (Opc >= BO_AndAssign) |
3989 | return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_AndAssign + BO_And); |
3990 | else |
3991 | return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_MulAssign + BO_Mul); |
3992 | } |
3993 | |
3994 | static bool isShiftAssignOp(Opcode Opc) { |
3995 | return Opc == BO_ShlAssign || Opc == BO_ShrAssign; |
3996 | } |
3997 | bool isShiftAssignOp() const { |
3998 | return isShiftAssignOp(Opc: getOpcode()); |
3999 | } |
4000 | |
4001 | /// Return true if a binary operator using the specified opcode and operands |
4002 | /// would match the 'p = (i8*)nullptr + n' idiom for casting a pointer-sized |
4003 | /// integer to a pointer. |
4004 | static bool isNullPointerArithmeticExtension(ASTContext &Ctx, Opcode Opc, |
4005 | const Expr *LHS, |
4006 | const Expr *RHS); |
4007 | |
4008 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { |
4009 | return S->getStmtClass() >= firstBinaryOperatorConstant && |
4010 | S->getStmtClass() <= lastBinaryOperatorConstant; |
4011 | } |
4012 | |
4013 | // Iterators |
4014 | child_range children() { |
4015 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); |
4016 | } |
4017 | const_child_range children() const { |
4018 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
4019 | } |
4020 | |
4021 | /// Set and fetch the bit that shows whether FPFeatures needs to be |
4022 | /// allocated in Trailing Storage |
4023 | void setHasStoredFPFeatures(bool B) { BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures = B; } |
4024 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures; } |
4025 | |
4026 | /// Get FPFeatures from trailing storage |
4027 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { |
4028 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
4029 | return *getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
4030 | } |
4031 | /// Set FPFeatures in trailing storage, used only by Serialization |
4032 | void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) { |
4033 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
4034 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = F; |
4035 | } |
4036 | |
4037 | /// Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
4038 | /// operations on floating point types. |
4039 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
4040 | if (BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) |
4041 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); |
4042 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); |
4043 | } |
4044 | |
4045 | // This is used in ASTImporter |
4046 | FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const { |
4047 | if (BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) |
4048 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); |
4049 | return FPOptionsOverride(); |
4050 | } |
4051 | |
4052 | /// Get the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
4053 | /// operations on floating point types. |
4054 | bool isFPContractableWithinStatement(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
4055 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).allowFPContractWithinStatement(); |
4056 | } |
4057 | |
4058 | /// Get the FENV_ACCESS status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
4059 | /// operations on floating point types. |
4060 | bool isFEnvAccessOn(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
4061 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).getAllowFEnvAccess(); |
4062 | } |
4063 | |
4064 | protected: |
4065 | BinaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, |
4066 | QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
4067 | SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, |
4068 | bool dead2); |
4069 | |
4070 | /// Construct an empty BinaryOperator, SC is CompoundAssignOperator. |
4071 | BinaryOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SC, Empty) { |
4072 | BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = BO_MulAssign; |
4073 | } |
4074 | |
4075 | /// Return the size in bytes needed for the trailing objects. |
4076 | /// Used to allocate the right amount of storage. |
4077 | static unsigned sizeOfTrailingObjects(bool HasFPFeatures) { |
4078 | return HasFPFeatures * sizeof(FPOptionsOverride); |
4079 | } |
4080 | }; |
4081 | |
4082 | /// CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g. +=), we keep |
4083 | /// track of the type the operation is performed in. Due to the semantics of |
4084 | /// these operators, the operands are promoted, the arithmetic performed, an |
4085 | /// implicit conversion back to the result type done, then the assignment takes |
4086 | /// place. This captures the intermediate type which the computation is done |
4087 | /// in. |
4088 | class CompoundAssignOperator : public BinaryOperator { |
4089 | QualType ComputationLHSType; |
4090 | QualType ComputationResultType; |
4091 | |
4092 | /// Construct an empty CompoundAssignOperator. |
4093 | explicit CompoundAssignOperator(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty, |
4094 | bool hasFPFeatures) |
4095 | : BinaryOperator(CompoundAssignOperatorClass, Empty) {} |
4096 | |
4097 | protected: |
4098 | CompoundAssignOperator(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, |
4099 | QualType ResType, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
4100 | SourceLocation OpLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, |
4101 | QualType CompLHSType, QualType CompResultType) |
4102 | : BinaryOperator(C, lhs, rhs, opc, ResType, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures, |
4103 | true), |
4104 | ComputationLHSType(CompLHSType), ComputationResultType(CompResultType) { |
4105 | assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp() && |
4106 | "Only should be used for compound assignments" ); |
4107 | } |
4108 | |
4109 | public: |
4110 | static CompoundAssignOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, |
4111 | bool hasFPFeatures); |
4112 | |
4113 | static CompoundAssignOperator * |
4114 | Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResTy, |
4115 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation opLoc, |
4116 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, QualType CompLHSType = QualType(), |
4117 | QualType CompResultType = QualType()); |
4118 | |
4119 | // The two computation types are the type the LHS is converted |
4120 | // to for the computation and the type of the result; the two are |
4121 | // distinct in a few cases (specifically, int+=ptr and ptr-=ptr). |
4122 | QualType getComputationLHSType() const { return ComputationLHSType; } |
4123 | void setComputationLHSType(QualType T) { ComputationLHSType = T; } |
4124 | |
4125 | QualType getComputationResultType() const { return ComputationResultType; } |
4126 | void setComputationResultType(QualType T) { ComputationResultType = T; } |
4127 | |
4128 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { |
4129 | return S->getStmtClass() == CompoundAssignOperatorClass; |
4130 | } |
4131 | }; |
4132 | |
4133 | inline size_t BinaryOperator::offsetOfTrailingStorage() const { |
4134 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
4135 | return isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(Val: this) ? sizeof(CompoundAssignOperator) |
4136 | : sizeof(BinaryOperator); |
4137 | } |
4138 | |
4139 | /// AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for |
4140 | /// ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOperator. |
4141 | class AbstractConditionalOperator : public Expr { |
4142 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc, ColonLoc; |
4143 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
4144 | |
4145 | protected: |
4146 | AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, |
4147 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation qloc, |
4148 | SourceLocation cloc) |
4149 | : Expr(SC, T, VK, OK), QuestionLoc(qloc), ColonLoc(cloc) {} |
4150 | |
4151 | AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) |
4152 | : Expr(SC, Empty) { } |
4153 | |
4154 | public: |
4155 | /// getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for |
4156 | /// the ?: operator. |
4157 | Expr *getCond() const; |
4158 | |
4159 | /// getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of |
4160 | /// the expression if the condition evaluates to true. |
4161 | Expr *getTrueExpr() const; |
4162 | |
4163 | /// getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of |
4164 | /// the expression if the condition evaluates to false. This is |
4165 | /// the same as getRHS. |
4166 | Expr *getFalseExpr() const; |
4167 | |
4168 | SourceLocation getQuestionLoc() const { return QuestionLoc; } |
4169 | SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; } |
4170 | |
4171 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4172 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass || |
4173 | T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass; |
4174 | } |
4175 | }; |
4176 | |
4177 | /// ConditionalOperator - The ?: ternary operator. The GNU "missing |
4178 | /// middle" extension is a BinaryConditionalOperator. |
4179 | class ConditionalOperator : public AbstractConditionalOperator { |
4180 | enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; |
4181 | Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides. |
4182 | |
4183 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
4184 | public: |
4185 | ConditionalOperator(Expr *cond, SourceLocation QLoc, Expr *lhs, |
4186 | SourceLocation CLoc, Expr *rhs, QualType t, |
4187 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK) |
4188 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK, QLoc, |
4189 | CLoc) { |
4190 | SubExprs[COND] = cond; |
4191 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; |
4192 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; |
4193 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
4194 | } |
4195 | |
4196 | /// Build an empty conditional operator. |
4197 | explicit ConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty) |
4198 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { } |
4199 | |
4200 | /// getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for |
4201 | /// the ?: operator. |
4202 | Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[COND]); } |
4203 | |
4204 | /// getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of |
4205 | /// the expression if the condition evaluates to true. |
4206 | Expr *getTrueExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[LHS]); } |
4207 | |
4208 | /// getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of |
4209 | /// the expression if the condition evaluates to false. This is |
4210 | /// the same as getRHS. |
4211 | Expr *getFalseExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[RHS]); } |
4212 | |
4213 | Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[LHS]); } |
4214 | Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[RHS]); } |
4215 | |
4216 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
4217 | return getCond()->getBeginLoc(); |
4218 | } |
4219 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
4220 | return getRHS()->getEndLoc(); |
4221 | } |
4222 | |
4223 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4224 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass; |
4225 | } |
4226 | |
4227 | // Iterators |
4228 | child_range children() { |
4229 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); |
4230 | } |
4231 | const_child_range children() const { |
4232 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
4233 | } |
4234 | }; |
4235 | |
4236 | /// BinaryConditionalOperator - The GNU extension to the conditional |
4237 | /// operator which allows the middle operand to be omitted. |
4238 | /// |
4239 | /// This is a different expression kind on the assumption that almost |
4240 | /// every client ends up needing to know that these are different. |
4241 | class BinaryConditionalOperator : public AbstractConditionalOperator { |
4242 | enum { COMMON, COND, LHS, RHS, NUM_SUBEXPRS }; |
4243 | |
4244 | /// - the common condition/left-hand-side expression, which will be |
4245 | /// evaluated as the opaque value |
4246 | /// - the condition, expressed in terms of the opaque value |
4247 | /// - the left-hand-side, expressed in terms of the opaque value |
4248 | /// - the right-hand-side |
4249 | Stmt *SubExprs[NUM_SUBEXPRS]; |
4250 | OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue; |
4251 | |
4252 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
4253 | public: |
4254 | BinaryConditionalOperator(Expr *common, OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue, |
4255 | Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, |
4256 | SourceLocation qloc, SourceLocation cloc, |
4257 | QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK) |
4258 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK, |
4259 | qloc, cloc), |
4260 | OpaqueValue(opaqueValue) { |
4261 | SubExprs[COMMON] = common; |
4262 | SubExprs[COND] = cond; |
4263 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; |
4264 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; |
4265 | assert(OpaqueValue->getSourceExpr() == common && "Wrong opaque value" ); |
4266 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
4267 | } |
4268 | |
4269 | /// Build an empty conditional operator. |
4270 | explicit BinaryConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty) |
4271 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { } |
4272 | |
4273 | /// getCommon - Return the common expression, written to the |
4274 | /// left of the condition. The opaque value will be bound to the |
4275 | /// result of this expression. |
4276 | Expr *getCommon() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[COMMON]); } |
4277 | |
4278 | /// getOpaqueValue - Return the opaque value placeholder. |
4279 | OpaqueValueExpr *getOpaqueValue() const { return OpaqueValue; } |
4280 | |
4281 | /// getCond - Return the condition expression; this is defined |
4282 | /// in terms of the opaque value. |
4283 | Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[COND]); } |
4284 | |
4285 | /// getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression which will be |
4286 | /// evaluated if the condition evaluates to true; this is defined |
4287 | /// in terms of the opaque value. |
4288 | Expr *getTrueExpr() const { |
4289 | return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[LHS]); |
4290 | } |
4291 | |
4292 | /// getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression which will be |
4293 | /// evaluated if the condnition evaluates to false; this is |
4294 | /// defined in terms of the opaque value. |
4295 | Expr *getFalseExpr() const { |
4296 | return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[RHS]); |
4297 | } |
4298 | |
4299 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
4300 | return getCommon()->getBeginLoc(); |
4301 | } |
4302 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
4303 | return getFalseExpr()->getEndLoc(); |
4304 | } |
4305 | |
4306 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4307 | return T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass; |
4308 | } |
4309 | |
4310 | // Iterators |
4311 | child_range children() { |
4312 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS); |
4313 | } |
4314 | const_child_range children() const { |
4315 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS); |
4316 | } |
4317 | }; |
4318 | |
4319 | inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getCond() const { |
4320 | if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(Val: this)) |
4321 | return co->getCond(); |
4322 | return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(Val: this)->getCond(); |
4323 | } |
4324 | |
4325 | inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getTrueExpr() const { |
4326 | if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(Val: this)) |
4327 | return co->getTrueExpr(); |
4328 | return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(Val: this)->getTrueExpr(); |
4329 | } |
4330 | |
4331 | inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getFalseExpr() const { |
4332 | if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(Val: this)) |
4333 | return co->getFalseExpr(); |
4334 | return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(Val: this)->getFalseExpr(); |
4335 | } |
4336 | |
4337 | /// AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label. |
4338 | class AddrLabelExpr : public Expr { |
4339 | SourceLocation AmpAmpLoc, LabelLoc; |
4340 | LabelDecl *Label; |
4341 | public: |
4342 | AddrLabelExpr(SourceLocation AALoc, SourceLocation LLoc, LabelDecl *L, |
4343 | QualType t) |
4344 | : Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, t, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), AmpAmpLoc(AALoc), |
4345 | LabelLoc(LLoc), Label(L) { |
4346 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); |
4347 | } |
4348 | |
4349 | /// Build an empty address of a label expression. |
4350 | explicit AddrLabelExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
4351 | : Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, Empty) { } |
4352 | |
4353 | SourceLocation getAmpAmpLoc() const { return AmpAmpLoc; } |
4354 | void setAmpAmpLoc(SourceLocation L) { AmpAmpLoc = L; } |
4355 | SourceLocation getLabelLoc() const { return LabelLoc; } |
4356 | void setLabelLoc(SourceLocation L) { LabelLoc = L; } |
4357 | |
4358 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return AmpAmpLoc; } |
4359 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LabelLoc; } |
4360 | |
4361 | LabelDecl *getLabel() const { return Label; } |
4362 | void setLabel(LabelDecl *L) { Label = L; } |
4363 | |
4364 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4365 | return T->getStmtClass() == AddrLabelExprClass; |
4366 | } |
4367 | |
4368 | // Iterators |
4369 | child_range children() { |
4370 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
4371 | } |
4372 | const_child_range children() const { |
4373 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
4374 | } |
4375 | }; |
4376 | |
4377 | /// StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}). |
4378 | /// The StmtExpr contains a single CompoundStmt node, which it evaluates and |
4379 | /// takes the value of the last subexpression. |
4380 | /// |
4381 | /// A StmtExpr is always an r-value; values "returned" out of a |
4382 | /// StmtExpr will be copied. |
4383 | class StmtExpr : public Expr { |
4384 | Stmt *SubStmt; |
4385 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc; |
4386 | public: |
4387 | StmtExpr(CompoundStmt *SubStmt, QualType T, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4388 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth) |
4389 | : Expr(StmtExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), SubStmt(SubStmt), |
4390 | LParenLoc(LParenLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) { |
4391 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this, TemplateDepth)); |
4392 | // FIXME: A templated statement expression should have an associated |
4393 | // DeclContext so that nested declarations always have a dependent context. |
4394 | StmtExprBits.TemplateDepth = TemplateDepth; |
4395 | } |
4396 | |
4397 | /// Build an empty statement expression. |
4398 | explicit StmtExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(StmtExprClass, Empty) { } |
4399 | |
4400 | CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() { return cast<CompoundStmt>(Val: SubStmt); } |
4401 | const CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() const { return cast<CompoundStmt>(Val: SubStmt); } |
4402 | void setSubStmt(CompoundStmt *S) { SubStmt = S; } |
4403 | |
4404 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LParenLoc; } |
4405 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
4406 | |
4407 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } |
4408 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; } |
4409 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
4410 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
4411 | |
4412 | unsigned getTemplateDepth() const { return StmtExprBits.TemplateDepth; } |
4413 | |
4414 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4415 | return T->getStmtClass() == StmtExprClass; |
4416 | } |
4417 | |
4418 | // Iterators |
4419 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt+1); } |
4420 | const_child_range children() const { |
4421 | return const_child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt + 1); |
4422 | } |
4423 | }; |
4424 | |
4425 | /// ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function |
4426 | /// __builtin_shufflevector. |
4427 | /// This AST node represents a operator that does a constant |
4428 | /// shuffle, similar to LLVM's shufflevector instruction. It takes |
4429 | /// two vectors and a variable number of constant indices, |
4430 | /// and returns the appropriately shuffled vector. |
4431 | class ShuffleVectorExpr : public Expr { |
4432 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
4433 | |
4434 | // SubExprs - the list of values passed to the __builtin_shufflevector |
4435 | // function. The first two are vectors, and the rest are constant |
4436 | // indices. The number of values in this list is always |
4437 | // 2+the number of indices in the vector type. |
4438 | Stmt **SubExprs; |
4439 | unsigned NumExprs; |
4440 | |
4441 | public: |
4442 | ShuffleVectorExpr(const ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType Type, |
4443 | SourceLocation BLoc, SourceLocation RP); |
4444 | |
4445 | /// Build an empty vector-shuffle expression. |
4446 | explicit ShuffleVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
4447 | : Expr(ShuffleVectorExprClass, Empty), SubExprs(nullptr) { } |
4448 | |
4449 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
4450 | void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; } |
4451 | |
4452 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
4453 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
4454 | |
4455 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
4456 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
4457 | |
4458 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4459 | return T->getStmtClass() == ShuffleVectorExprClass; |
4460 | } |
4461 | |
4462 | /// getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array. This includes the |
4463 | /// constant expression, the actual arguments passed in, and the function |
4464 | /// pointers. |
4465 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumExprs; } |
4466 | |
4467 | /// Retrieve the array of expressions. |
4468 | Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); } |
4469 | |
4470 | /// getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index. |
4471 | Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) { |
4472 | assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!" ); |
4473 | return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[Index]); |
4474 | } |
4475 | const Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) const { |
4476 | assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!" ); |
4477 | return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[Index]); |
4478 | } |
4479 | |
4480 | void setExprs(const ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
4481 | |
4482 | llvm::APSInt getShuffleMaskIdx(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned N) const { |
4483 | assert((N < NumExprs - 2) && "Shuffle idx out of range!" ); |
4484 | return getExpr(Index: N+2)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx); |
4485 | } |
4486 | |
4487 | // Iterators |
4488 | child_range children() { |
4489 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+NumExprs); |
4490 | } |
4491 | const_child_range children() const { |
4492 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + NumExprs); |
4493 | } |
4494 | }; |
4495 | |
4496 | /// ConvertVectorExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_convertvector |
4497 | /// This AST node provides support for converting a vector type to another |
4498 | /// vector type of the same arity. |
4499 | class ConvertVectorExpr : public Expr { |
4500 | private: |
4501 | Stmt *SrcExpr; |
4502 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
4503 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
4504 | |
4505 | friend class ASTReader; |
4506 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
4507 | explicit ConvertVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ConvertVectorExprClass, Empty) {} |
4508 | |
4509 | public: |
4510 | ConvertVectorExpr(Expr *SrcExpr, TypeSourceInfo *TI, QualType DstType, |
4511 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
4512 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc) |
4513 | : Expr(ConvertVectorExprClass, DstType, VK, OK), SrcExpr(SrcExpr), |
4514 | TInfo(TI), BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) { |
4515 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
4516 | } |
4517 | |
4518 | /// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted. |
4519 | Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SrcExpr); } |
4520 | |
4521 | /// getTypeSourceInfo - Return the destination type. |
4522 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
4523 | return TInfo; |
4524 | } |
4525 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *ti) { |
4526 | TInfo = ti; |
4527 | } |
4528 | |
4529 | /// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_convertvector token. |
4530 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
4531 | |
4532 | /// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis. |
4533 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
4534 | |
4535 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
4536 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
4537 | |
4538 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4539 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConvertVectorExprClass; |
4540 | } |
4541 | |
4542 | // Iterators |
4543 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); } |
4544 | const_child_range children() const { |
4545 | return const_child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr + 1); |
4546 | } |
4547 | }; |
4548 | |
4549 | /// ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr. |
4550 | /// This AST node is similar to the conditional operator (?:) in C, with |
4551 | /// the following exceptions: |
4552 | /// - the test expression must be a integer constant expression. |
4553 | /// - the expression returned acts like the chosen subexpression in every |
4554 | /// visible way: the type is the same as that of the chosen subexpression, |
4555 | /// and all predicates (whether it's an l-value, whether it's an integer |
4556 | /// constant expression, etc.) return the same result as for the chosen |
4557 | /// sub-expression. |
4558 | class ChooseExpr : public Expr { |
4559 | enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; |
4560 | Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides. |
4561 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
4562 | bool CondIsTrue; |
4563 | public: |
4564 | ChooseExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t, |
4565 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation RP, |
4566 | bool condIsTrue) |
4567 | : Expr(ChooseExprClass, t, VK, OK), BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RP), |
4568 | CondIsTrue(condIsTrue) { |
4569 | SubExprs[COND] = cond; |
4570 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; |
4571 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; |
4572 | |
4573 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
4574 | } |
4575 | |
4576 | /// Build an empty __builtin_choose_expr. |
4577 | explicit ChooseExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ChooseExprClass, Empty) { } |
4578 | |
4579 | /// isConditionTrue - Return whether the condition is true (i.e. not |
4580 | /// equal to zero). |
4581 | bool isConditionTrue() const { |
4582 | assert(!isConditionDependent() && |
4583 | "Dependent condition isn't true or false" ); |
4584 | return CondIsTrue; |
4585 | } |
4586 | void setIsConditionTrue(bool isTrue) { CondIsTrue = isTrue; } |
4587 | |
4588 | bool isConditionDependent() const { |
4589 | return getCond()->isTypeDependent() || getCond()->isValueDependent(); |
4590 | } |
4591 | |
4592 | /// getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the |
4593 | /// condition. |
4594 | Expr *getChosenSubExpr() const { |
4595 | return isConditionTrue() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); |
4596 | } |
4597 | |
4598 | Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[COND]); } |
4599 | void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = E; } |
4600 | Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[LHS]); } |
4601 | void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; } |
4602 | Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[RHS]); } |
4603 | void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; } |
4604 | |
4605 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
4606 | void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; } |
4607 | |
4608 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
4609 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
4610 | |
4611 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
4612 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
4613 | |
4614 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4615 | return T->getStmtClass() == ChooseExprClass; |
4616 | } |
4617 | |
4618 | // Iterators |
4619 | child_range children() { |
4620 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); |
4621 | } |
4622 | const_child_range children() const { |
4623 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
4624 | } |
4625 | }; |
4626 | |
4627 | /// GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name |
4628 | /// for a null pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or |
4629 | /// long) and is the same size and alignment as a pointer. The __null |
4630 | /// extension is typically only used by system headers, which define |
4631 | /// NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer |
4632 | /// that may not match the size of a pointer). |
4633 | class GNUNullExpr : public Expr { |
4634 | /// TokenLoc - The location of the __null keyword. |
4635 | SourceLocation TokenLoc; |
4636 | |
4637 | public: |
4638 | GNUNullExpr(QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) |
4639 | : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), TokenLoc(Loc) { |
4640 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); |
4641 | } |
4642 | |
4643 | /// Build an empty GNU __null expression. |
4644 | explicit GNUNullExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Empty) { } |
4645 | |
4646 | /// getTokenLocation - The location of the __null token. |
4647 | SourceLocation getTokenLocation() const { return TokenLoc; } |
4648 | void setTokenLocation(SourceLocation L) { TokenLoc = L; } |
4649 | |
4650 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; } |
4651 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; } |
4652 | |
4653 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4654 | return T->getStmtClass() == GNUNullExprClass; |
4655 | } |
4656 | |
4657 | // Iterators |
4658 | child_range children() { |
4659 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
4660 | } |
4661 | const_child_range children() const { |
4662 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
4663 | } |
4664 | }; |
4665 | |
4666 | /// Represents a call to the builtin function \c __builtin_va_arg. |
4667 | class VAArgExpr : public Expr { |
4668 | Stmt *Val; |
4669 | llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfo; |
4670 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
4671 | public: |
4672 | VAArgExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *e, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4673 | SourceLocation RPLoc, QualType t, bool IsMS) |
4674 | : Expr(VAArgExprClass, t, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), Val(e), |
4675 | TInfo(TInfo, IsMS), BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RPLoc) { |
4676 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
4677 | } |
4678 | |
4679 | /// Create an empty __builtin_va_arg expression. |
4680 | explicit VAArgExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
4681 | : Expr(VAArgExprClass, Empty), Val(nullptr), TInfo(nullptr, false) {} |
4682 | |
4683 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
4684 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
4685 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } |
4686 | |
4687 | /// Returns whether this is really a Win64 ABI va_arg expression. |
4688 | bool isMicrosoftABI() const { return TInfo.getInt(); } |
4689 | void setIsMicrosoftABI(bool IsMS) { TInfo.setInt(IsMS); } |
4690 | |
4691 | TypeSourceInfo *getWrittenTypeInfo() const { return TInfo.getPointer(); } |
4692 | void setWrittenTypeInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { TInfo.setPointer(TI); } |
4693 | |
4694 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
4695 | void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; } |
4696 | |
4697 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
4698 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
4699 | |
4700 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
4701 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
4702 | |
4703 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4704 | return T->getStmtClass() == VAArgExprClass; |
4705 | } |
4706 | |
4707 | // Iterators |
4708 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } |
4709 | const_child_range children() const { |
4710 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); |
4711 | } |
4712 | }; |
4713 | |
4714 | enum class SourceLocIdentKind { |
4715 | Function, |
4716 | FuncSig, |
4717 | File, |
4718 | FileName, |
4719 | Line, |
4720 | Column, |
4721 | SourceLocStruct |
4722 | }; |
4723 | |
4724 | /// Represents a function call to one of __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_COLUMN(), |
4725 | /// __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FUNCSIG(), __builtin_FILE(), |
4726 | /// __builtin_FILE_NAME() or __builtin_source_location(). |
4727 | class SourceLocExpr final : public Expr { |
4728 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
4729 | DeclContext *ParentContext; |
4730 | |
4731 | public: |
4732 | SourceLocExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocIdentKind Type, |
4733 | QualType ResultTy, SourceLocation BLoc, |
4734 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, DeclContext *Context); |
4735 | |
4736 | /// Build an empty call expression. |
4737 | explicit SourceLocExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SourceLocExprClass, Empty) {} |
4738 | |
4739 | /// Return the result of evaluating this SourceLocExpr in the specified |
4740 | /// (and possibly null) default argument or initialization context. |
4741 | APValue EvaluateInContext(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
4742 | const Expr *DefaultExpr) const; |
4743 | |
4744 | /// Return a string representing the name of the specific builtin function. |
4745 | StringRef getBuiltinStr() const; |
4746 | |
4747 | SourceLocIdentKind getIdentKind() const { |
4748 | return static_cast<SourceLocIdentKind>(SourceLocExprBits.Kind); |
4749 | } |
4750 | |
4751 | bool isIntType() const { |
4752 | switch (getIdentKind()) { |
4753 | case SourceLocIdentKind::File: |
4754 | case SourceLocIdentKind::FileName: |
4755 | case SourceLocIdentKind::Function: |
4756 | case SourceLocIdentKind::FuncSig: |
4757 | case SourceLocIdentKind::SourceLocStruct: |
4758 | return false; |
4759 | case SourceLocIdentKind::Line: |
4760 | case SourceLocIdentKind::Column: |
4761 | return true; |
4762 | } |
4763 | llvm_unreachable("unknown source location expression kind" ); |
4764 | } |
4765 | |
4766 | /// If the SourceLocExpr has been resolved return the subexpression |
4767 | /// representing the resolved value. Otherwise return null. |
4768 | const DeclContext *getParentContext() const { return ParentContext; } |
4769 | DeclContext *getParentContext() { return ParentContext; } |
4770 | |
4771 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
4772 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
4773 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
4774 | |
4775 | child_range children() { |
4776 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
4777 | } |
4778 | |
4779 | const_child_range children() const { |
4780 | return const_child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
4781 | } |
4782 | |
4783 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
4784 | return T->getStmtClass() == SourceLocExprClass; |
4785 | } |
4786 | |
4787 | static bool MayBeDependent(SourceLocIdentKind Kind) { |
4788 | switch (Kind) { |
4789 | case SourceLocIdentKind::Function: |
4790 | case SourceLocIdentKind::FuncSig: |
4791 | case SourceLocIdentKind::SourceLocStruct: |
4792 | return true; |
4793 | default: |
4794 | return false; |
4795 | } |
4796 | } |
4797 | |
4798 | private: |
4799 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
4800 | }; |
4801 | |
4802 | /// Describes an C or C++ initializer list. |
4803 | /// |
4804 | /// InitListExpr describes an initializer list, which can be used to |
4805 | /// initialize objects of different types, including |
4806 | /// struct/class/union types, arrays, and vectors. For example: |
4807 | /// |
4808 | /// @code |
4809 | /// struct foo x = { 1, { 2, 3 } }; |
4810 | /// @endcode |
4811 | /// |
4812 | /// Prior to semantic analysis, an initializer list will represent the |
4813 | /// initializer list as written by the user, but will have the |
4814 | /// placeholder type "void". This initializer list is called the |
4815 | /// syntactic form of the initializer, and may contain C99 designated |
4816 | /// initializers (represented as DesignatedInitExprs), initializations |
4817 | /// of subobject members without explicit braces, and so on. Clients |
4818 | /// interested in the original syntax of the initializer list should |
4819 | /// use the syntactic form of the initializer list. |
4820 | /// |
4821 | /// After semantic analysis, the initializer list will represent the |
4822 | /// semantic form of the initializer, where the initializations of all |
4823 | /// subobjects are made explicit with nested InitListExpr nodes and |
4824 | /// C99 designators have been eliminated by placing the designated |
4825 | /// initializations into the subobject they initialize. Additionally, |
4826 | /// any "holes" in the initialization, where no initializer has been |
4827 | /// specified for a particular subobject, will be replaced with |
4828 | /// implicitly-generated ImplicitValueInitExpr expressions that |
4829 | /// value-initialize the subobjects. Note, however, that the |
4830 | /// initializer lists may still have fewer initializers than there are |
4831 | /// elements to initialize within the object. |
4832 | /// |
4833 | /// After semantic analysis has completed, given an initializer list, |
4834 | /// method isSemanticForm() returns true if and only if this is the |
4835 | /// semantic form of the initializer list (note: the same AST node |
4836 | /// may at the same time be the syntactic form). |
4837 | /// Given the semantic form of the initializer list, one can retrieve |
4838 | /// the syntactic form of that initializer list (when different) |
4839 | /// using method getSyntacticForm(); the method returns null if applied |
4840 | /// to a initializer list which is already in syntactic form. |
4841 | /// Similarly, given the syntactic form (i.e., an initializer list such |
4842 | /// that isSemanticForm() returns false), one can retrieve the semantic |
4843 | /// form using method getSemanticForm(). |
4844 | /// Since many initializer lists have the same syntactic and semantic forms, |
4845 | /// getSyntacticForm() may return NULL, indicating that the current |
4846 | /// semantic initializer list also serves as its syntactic form. |
4847 | class InitListExpr : public Expr { |
4848 | // FIXME: Eliminate this vector in favor of ASTContext allocation |
4849 | typedef ASTVector<Stmt *> InitExprsTy; |
4850 | InitExprsTy InitExprs; |
4851 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc, RBraceLoc; |
4852 | |
4853 | /// The alternative form of the initializer list (if it exists). |
4854 | /// The int part of the pair stores whether this initializer list is |
4855 | /// in semantic form. If not null, the pointer points to: |
4856 | /// - the syntactic form, if this is in semantic form; |
4857 | /// - the semantic form, if this is in syntactic form. |
4858 | llvm::PointerIntPair<InitListExpr *, 1, bool> AltForm; |
4859 | |
4860 | /// Either: |
4861 | /// If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than |
4862 | /// there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be used |
4863 | /// for value initialization of the rest of the elements. |
4864 | /// Or |
4865 | /// If this initializer list initializes a union, specifies which |
4866 | /// field within the union will be initialized. |
4867 | llvm::PointerUnion<Expr *, FieldDecl *> ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit; |
4868 | |
4869 | public: |
4870 | InitListExpr(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation lbraceloc, |
4871 | ArrayRef<Expr*> initExprs, SourceLocation rbraceloc); |
4872 | |
4873 | /// Build an empty initializer list. |
4874 | explicit InitListExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
4875 | : Expr(InitListExprClass, Empty), AltForm(nullptr, true) { } |
4876 | |
4877 | unsigned getNumInits() const { return InitExprs.size(); } |
4878 | |
4879 | /// Retrieve the set of initializers. |
4880 | Expr **getInits() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(InitExprs.data()); } |
4881 | |
4882 | /// Retrieve the set of initializers. |
4883 | Expr * const *getInits() const { |
4884 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(InitExprs.data()); |
4885 | } |
4886 | |
4887 | ArrayRef<Expr *> inits() { return llvm::ArrayRef(getInits(), getNumInits()); } |
4888 | |
4889 | ArrayRef<Expr *> inits() const { |
4890 | return llvm::ArrayRef(getInits(), getNumInits()); |
4891 | } |
4892 | |
4893 | const Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) const { |
4894 | assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!" ); |
4895 | return cast_or_null<Expr>(Val: InitExprs[Init]); |
4896 | } |
4897 | |
4898 | Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) { |
4899 | assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!" ); |
4900 | return cast_or_null<Expr>(Val: InitExprs[Init]); |
4901 | } |
4902 | |
4903 | void setInit(unsigned Init, Expr *expr) { |
4904 | assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!" ); |
4905 | InitExprs[Init] = expr; |
4906 | |
4907 | if (expr) |
4908 | setDependence(getDependence() | expr->getDependence()); |
4909 | } |
4910 | |
4911 | /// Mark the semantic form of the InitListExpr as error when the semantic |
4912 | /// analysis fails. |
4913 | void markError() { |
4914 | assert(isSemanticForm()); |
4915 | setDependence(getDependence() | ExprDependence::ErrorDependent); |
4916 | } |
4917 | |
4918 | /// Reserve space for some number of initializers. |
4919 | void reserveInits(const ASTContext &C, unsigned NumInits); |
4920 | |
4921 | /// Specify the number of initializers |
4922 | /// |
4923 | /// If there are more than @p NumInits initializers, the remaining |
4924 | /// initializers will be destroyed. If there are fewer than @p |
4925 | /// NumInits initializers, NULL expressions will be added for the |
4926 | /// unknown initializers. |
4927 | void resizeInits(const ASTContext &Context, unsigned NumInits); |
4928 | |
4929 | /// Updates the initializer at index @p Init with the new |
4930 | /// expression @p expr, and returns the old expression at that |
4931 | /// location. |
4932 | /// |
4933 | /// When @p Init is out of range for this initializer list, the |
4934 | /// initializer list will be extended with NULL expressions to |
4935 | /// accommodate the new entry. |
4936 | Expr *updateInit(const ASTContext &C, unsigned Init, Expr *expr); |
4937 | |
4938 | /// If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements |
4939 | /// than there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be |
4940 | /// used for value initialization of the rest of the elements. |
4941 | Expr *getArrayFiller() { |
4942 | return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<Expr *>(); |
4943 | } |
4944 | const Expr *getArrayFiller() const { |
4945 | return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getArrayFiller(); |
4946 | } |
4947 | void setArrayFiller(Expr *filler); |
4948 | |
4949 | /// Return true if this is an array initializer and its array "filler" |
4950 | /// has been set. |
4951 | bool hasArrayFiller() const { return getArrayFiller(); } |
4952 | |
4953 | /// Determine whether this initializer list contains a designated initializer. |
4954 | bool hasDesignatedInit() const { |
4955 | return std::any_of(first: begin(), last: end(), pred: [](const Stmt *S) { |
4956 | return isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(Val: S); |
4957 | }); |
4958 | } |
4959 | |
4960 | /// If this initializes a union, specifies which field in the |
4961 | /// union to initialize. |
4962 | /// |
4963 | /// Typically, this field is the first named field within the |
4964 | /// union. However, a designated initializer can specify the |
4965 | /// initialization of a different field within the union. |
4966 | FieldDecl *getInitializedFieldInUnion() { |
4967 | return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<FieldDecl *>(); |
4968 | } |
4969 | const FieldDecl *getInitializedFieldInUnion() const { |
4970 | return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getInitializedFieldInUnion(); |
4971 | } |
4972 | void setInitializedFieldInUnion(FieldDecl *FD) { |
4973 | assert((FD == nullptr |
4974 | || getInitializedFieldInUnion() == nullptr |
4975 | || getInitializedFieldInUnion() == FD) |
4976 | && "Only one field of a union may be initialized at a time!" ); |
4977 | ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit = FD; |
4978 | } |
4979 | |
4980 | // Explicit InitListExpr's originate from source code (and have valid source |
4981 | // locations). Implicit InitListExpr's are created by the semantic analyzer. |
4982 | // FIXME: This is wrong; InitListExprs created by semantic analysis have |
4983 | // valid source locations too! |
4984 | bool isExplicit() const { |
4985 | return LBraceLoc.isValid() && RBraceLoc.isValid(); |
4986 | } |
4987 | |
4988 | /// Is this an initializer for an array of characters, initialized by a string |
4989 | /// literal or an @encode? |
4990 | bool isStringLiteralInit() const; |
4991 | |
4992 | /// Is this a transparent initializer list (that is, an InitListExpr that is |
4993 | /// purely syntactic, and whose semantics are that of the sole contained |
4994 | /// initializer)? |
4995 | bool isTransparent() const; |
4996 | |
4997 | /// Is this the zero initializer {0} in a language which considers it |
4998 | /// idiomatic? |
4999 | bool isIdiomaticZeroInitializer(const LangOptions &LangOpts) const; |
5000 | |
5001 | SourceLocation getLBraceLoc() const { return LBraceLoc; } |
5002 | void setLBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { LBraceLoc = Loc; } |
5003 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } |
5004 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { RBraceLoc = Loc; } |
5005 | |
5006 | bool isSemanticForm() const { return AltForm.getInt(); } |
5007 | InitListExpr *getSemanticForm() const { |
5008 | return isSemanticForm() ? nullptr : AltForm.getPointer(); |
5009 | } |
5010 | bool isSyntacticForm() const { |
5011 | return !AltForm.getInt() || !AltForm.getPointer(); |
5012 | } |
5013 | InitListExpr *getSyntacticForm() const { |
5014 | return isSemanticForm() ? AltForm.getPointer() : nullptr; |
5015 | } |
5016 | |
5017 | void setSyntacticForm(InitListExpr *Init) { |
5018 | AltForm.setPointer(Init); |
5019 | AltForm.setInt(true); |
5020 | Init->AltForm.setPointer(this); |
5021 | Init->AltForm.setInt(false); |
5022 | } |
5023 | |
5024 | bool hadArrayRangeDesignator() const { |
5025 | return InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator != 0; |
5026 | } |
5027 | void sawArrayRangeDesignator(bool ARD = true) { |
5028 | InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator = ARD; |
5029 | } |
5030 | |
5031 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
5032 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
5033 | |
5034 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
5035 | return T->getStmtClass() == InitListExprClass; |
5036 | } |
5037 | |
5038 | // Iterators |
5039 | child_range children() { |
5040 | const_child_range CCR = const_cast<const InitListExpr *>(this)->children(); |
5041 | return child_range(cast_away_const(RHS: CCR.begin()), |
5042 | cast_away_const(RHS: CCR.end())); |
5043 | } |
5044 | |
5045 | const_child_range children() const { |
5046 | // FIXME: This does not include the array filler expression. |
5047 | if (InitExprs.empty()) |
5048 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
5049 | return const_child_range(&InitExprs[0], &InitExprs[0] + InitExprs.size()); |
5050 | } |
5051 | |
5052 | typedef InitExprsTy::iterator iterator; |
5053 | typedef InitExprsTy::const_iterator const_iterator; |
5054 | typedef InitExprsTy::reverse_iterator reverse_iterator; |
5055 | typedef InitExprsTy::const_reverse_iterator const_reverse_iterator; |
5056 | |
5057 | iterator begin() { return InitExprs.begin(); } |
5058 | const_iterator begin() const { return InitExprs.begin(); } |
5059 | iterator end() { return InitExprs.end(); } |
5060 | const_iterator end() const { return InitExprs.end(); } |
5061 | reverse_iterator rbegin() { return InitExprs.rbegin(); } |
5062 | const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return InitExprs.rbegin(); } |
5063 | reverse_iterator rend() { return InitExprs.rend(); } |
5064 | const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return InitExprs.rend(); } |
5065 | |
5066 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
5067 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
5068 | }; |
5069 | |
5070 | /// Represents a C99 designated initializer expression. |
5071 | /// |
5072 | /// A designated initializer expression (C99 6.7.8) contains one or |
5073 | /// more designators (which can be field designators, array |
5074 | /// designators, or GNU array-range designators) followed by an |
5075 | /// expression that initializes the field or element(s) that the |
5076 | /// designators refer to. For example, given: |
5077 | /// |
5078 | /// @code |
5079 | /// struct point { |
5080 | /// double x; |
5081 | /// double y; |
5082 | /// }; |
5083 | /// struct point ptarray[10] = { [2].y = 1.0, [2].x = 2.0, [0].x = 1.0 }; |
5084 | /// @endcode |
5085 | /// |
5086 | /// The InitListExpr contains three DesignatedInitExprs, the first of |
5087 | /// which covers @c [2].y=1.0. This DesignatedInitExpr will have two |
5088 | /// designators, one array designator for @c [2] followed by one field |
5089 | /// designator for @c .y. The initialization expression will be 1.0. |
5090 | class DesignatedInitExpr final |
5091 | : public Expr, |
5092 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<DesignatedInitExpr, Stmt *> { |
5093 | public: |
5094 | /// Forward declaration of the Designator class. |
5095 | class Designator; |
5096 | |
5097 | private: |
5098 | /// The location of the '=' or ':' prior to the actual initializer |
5099 | /// expression. |
5100 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc; |
5101 | |
5102 | /// Whether this designated initializer used the GNU deprecated |
5103 | /// syntax rather than the C99 '=' syntax. |
5104 | LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool) |
5105 | unsigned GNUSyntax : 1; |
5106 | |
5107 | /// The number of designators in this initializer expression. |
5108 | unsigned NumDesignators : 15; |
5109 | |
5110 | /// The number of subexpressions of this initializer expression, |
5111 | /// which contains both the initializer and any additional |
5112 | /// expressions used by array and array-range designators. |
5113 | unsigned NumSubExprs : 16; |
5114 | |
5115 | /// The designators in this designated initialization |
5116 | /// expression. |
5117 | Designator *Designators; |
5118 | |
5119 | DesignatedInitExpr(const ASTContext &C, QualType Ty, |
5120 | llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> Designators, |
5121 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, bool GNUSyntax, |
5122 | ArrayRef<Expr *> IndexExprs, Expr *Init); |
5123 | |
5124 | explicit DesignatedInitExpr(unsigned NumSubExprs) |
5125 | : Expr(DesignatedInitExprClass, EmptyShell()), |
5126 | NumDesignators(0), NumSubExprs(NumSubExprs), Designators(nullptr) { } |
5127 | |
5128 | public: |
5129 | /// Represents a single C99 designator. |
5130 | /// |
5131 | /// @todo This class is infuriatingly similar to clang::Designator, |
5132 | /// but minor differences (storing indices vs. storing pointers) |
5133 | /// keep us from reusing it. Try harder, later, to rectify these |
5134 | /// differences. |
5135 | class Designator { |
5136 | /// A field designator, e.g., ".x". |
5137 | struct FieldDesignatorInfo { |
5138 | /// Refers to the field that is being initialized. The low bit |
5139 | /// of this field determines whether this is actually a pointer |
5140 | /// to an IdentifierInfo (if 1) or a FieldDecl (if 0). When |
5141 | /// initially constructed, a field designator will store an |
5142 | /// IdentifierInfo*. After semantic analysis has resolved that |
5143 | /// name, the field designator will instead store a FieldDecl*. |
5144 | uintptr_t NameOrField; |
5145 | |
5146 | /// The location of the '.' in the designated initializer. |
5147 | SourceLocation DotLoc; |
5148 | |
5149 | /// The location of the field name in the designated initializer. |
5150 | SourceLocation FieldLoc; |
5151 | |
5152 | FieldDesignatorInfo(const IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation DotLoc, |
5153 | SourceLocation FieldLoc) |
5154 | : NameOrField(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(II) | 0x1), DotLoc(DotLoc), |
5155 | FieldLoc(FieldLoc) {} |
5156 | }; |
5157 | |
5158 | /// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10...15]". |
5159 | struct ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo { |
5160 | /// Location of the first index expression within the designated |
5161 | /// initializer expression's list of subexpressions. |
5162 | unsigned Index; |
5163 | |
5164 | /// The location of the '[' starting the array range designator. |
5165 | SourceLocation LBracketLoc; |
5166 | |
5167 | /// The location of the ellipsis separating the start and end |
5168 | /// indices. Only valid for GNU array-range designators. |
5169 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
5170 | |
5171 | /// The location of the ']' terminating the array range designator. |
5172 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc; |
5173 | |
5174 | ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc, |
5175 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc) |
5176 | : Index(Index), LBracketLoc(LBracketLoc), RBracketLoc(RBracketLoc) {} |
5177 | |
5178 | ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo(unsigned Index, |
5179 | SourceLocation LBracketLoc, |
5180 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5181 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc) |
5182 | : Index(Index), LBracketLoc(LBracketLoc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), |
5183 | RBracketLoc(RBracketLoc) {} |
5184 | }; |
5185 | |
5186 | /// The kind of designator this describes. |
5187 | enum DesignatorKind { |
5188 | FieldDesignator, |
5189 | ArrayDesignator, |
5190 | ArrayRangeDesignator |
5191 | }; |
5192 | |
5193 | DesignatorKind Kind; |
5194 | |
5195 | union { |
5196 | /// A field designator, e.g., ".x". |
5197 | struct FieldDesignatorInfo FieldInfo; |
5198 | |
5199 | /// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]". |
5200 | struct ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo ArrayOrRangeInfo; |
5201 | }; |
5202 | |
5203 | Designator(DesignatorKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
5204 | |
5205 | public: |
5206 | Designator() {} |
5207 | |
5208 | bool isFieldDesignator() const { return Kind == FieldDesignator; } |
5209 | bool isArrayDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayDesignator; } |
5210 | bool isArrayRangeDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator; } |
5211 | |
5212 | //===------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5213 | // FieldDesignatorInfo |
5214 | |
5215 | /// Creates a field designator. |
5216 | static Designator CreateFieldDesignator(const IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
5217 | SourceLocation DotLoc, |
5218 | SourceLocation FieldLoc) { |
5219 | Designator D(FieldDesignator); |
5220 | new (&D.FieldInfo) FieldDesignatorInfo(FieldName, DotLoc, FieldLoc); |
5221 | return D; |
5222 | } |
5223 | |
5224 | const IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const; |
5225 | |
5226 | FieldDecl *getFieldDecl() const { |
5227 | assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Only valid on a field designator" ); |
5228 | if (FieldInfo.NameOrField & 0x01) |
5229 | return nullptr; |
5230 | return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(FieldInfo.NameOrField); |
5231 | } |
5232 | |
5233 | void setFieldDecl(FieldDecl *FD) { |
5234 | assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Only valid on a field designator" ); |
5235 | FieldInfo.NameOrField = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(FD); |
5236 | } |
5237 | |
5238 | SourceLocation getDotLoc() const { |
5239 | assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Only valid on a field designator" ); |
5240 | return FieldInfo.DotLoc; |
5241 | } |
5242 | |
5243 | SourceLocation getFieldLoc() const { |
5244 | assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Only valid on a field designator" ); |
5245 | return FieldInfo.FieldLoc; |
5246 | } |
5247 | |
5248 | //===------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5249 | // ArrayOrRangeDesignator |
5250 | |
5251 | /// Creates an array designator. |
5252 | static Designator CreateArrayDesignator(unsigned Index, |
5253 | SourceLocation LBracketLoc, |
5254 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc) { |
5255 | Designator D(ArrayDesignator); |
5256 | new (&D.ArrayOrRangeInfo) ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo(Index, LBracketLoc, |
5257 | RBracketLoc); |
5258 | return D; |
5259 | } |
5260 | |
5261 | /// Creates a GNU array-range designator. |
5262 | static Designator CreateArrayRangeDesignator(unsigned Index, |
5263 | SourceLocation LBracketLoc, |
5264 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5265 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc) { |
5266 | Designator D(ArrayRangeDesignator); |
5267 | new (&D.ArrayOrRangeInfo) ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo(Index, LBracketLoc, |
5268 | EllipsisLoc, |
5269 | RBracketLoc); |
5270 | return D; |
5271 | } |
5272 | |
5273 | unsigned getArrayIndex() const { |
5274 | assert((isArrayDesignator() || isArrayRangeDesignator()) && |
5275 | "Only valid on an array or array-range designator" ); |
5276 | return ArrayOrRangeInfo.Index; |
5277 | } |
5278 | |
5279 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { |
5280 | assert((isArrayDesignator() || isArrayRangeDesignator()) && |
5281 | "Only valid on an array or array-range designator" ); |
5282 | return ArrayOrRangeInfo.LBracketLoc; |
5283 | } |
5284 | |
5285 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
5286 | assert(isArrayRangeDesignator() && |
5287 | "Only valid on an array-range designator" ); |
5288 | return ArrayOrRangeInfo.EllipsisLoc; |
5289 | } |
5290 | |
5291 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { |
5292 | assert((isArrayDesignator() || isArrayRangeDesignator()) && |
5293 | "Only valid on an array or array-range designator" ); |
5294 | return ArrayOrRangeInfo.RBracketLoc; |
5295 | } |
5296 | |
5297 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
5298 | if (isFieldDesignator()) |
5299 | return getDotLoc().isInvalid() ? getFieldLoc() : getDotLoc(); |
5300 | return getLBracketLoc(); |
5301 | } |
5302 | |
5303 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
5304 | return isFieldDesignator() ? getFieldLoc() : getRBracketLoc(); |
5305 | } |
5306 | |
5307 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { |
5308 | return SourceRange(getBeginLoc(), getEndLoc()); |
5309 | } |
5310 | }; |
5311 | |
5312 | static DesignatedInitExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, |
5313 | llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> Designators, |
5314 | ArrayRef<Expr*> IndexExprs, |
5315 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, |
5316 | bool GNUSyntax, Expr *Init); |
5317 | |
5318 | static DesignatedInitExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, |
5319 | unsigned NumIndexExprs); |
5320 | |
5321 | /// Returns the number of designators in this initializer. |
5322 | unsigned size() const { return NumDesignators; } |
5323 | |
5324 | // Iterator access to the designators. |
5325 | llvm::MutableArrayRef<Designator> designators() { |
5326 | return {Designators, NumDesignators}; |
5327 | } |
5328 | |
5329 | llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> designators() const { |
5330 | return {Designators, NumDesignators}; |
5331 | } |
5332 | |
5333 | Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) { return &designators()[Idx]; } |
5334 | const Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) const { |
5335 | return &designators()[Idx]; |
5336 | } |
5337 | |
5338 | void setDesignators(const ASTContext &C, const Designator *Desigs, |
5339 | unsigned NumDesigs); |
5340 | |
5341 | Expr *getArrayIndex(const Designator &D) const; |
5342 | Expr *getArrayRangeStart(const Designator &D) const; |
5343 | Expr *getArrayRangeEnd(const Designator &D) const; |
5344 | |
5345 | /// Retrieve the location of the '=' that precedes the |
5346 | /// initializer value itself, if present. |
5347 | SourceLocation getEqualOrColonLoc() const { return EqualOrColonLoc; } |
5348 | void setEqualOrColonLoc(SourceLocation L) { EqualOrColonLoc = L; } |
5349 | |
5350 | /// Whether this designated initializer should result in direct-initialization |
5351 | /// of the designated subobject (eg, '{.foo{1, 2, 3}}'). |
5352 | bool isDirectInit() const { return EqualOrColonLoc.isInvalid(); } |
5353 | |
5354 | /// Determines whether this designated initializer used the |
5355 | /// deprecated GNU syntax for designated initializers. |
5356 | bool usesGNUSyntax() const { return GNUSyntax; } |
5357 | void setGNUSyntax(bool GNU) { GNUSyntax = GNU; } |
5358 | |
5359 | /// Retrieve the initializer value. |
5360 | Expr *getInit() const { |
5361 | return cast<Expr>(*const_cast<DesignatedInitExpr*>(this)->child_begin()); |
5362 | } |
5363 | |
5364 | void setInit(Expr *init) { |
5365 | *child_begin() = init; |
5366 | } |
5367 | |
5368 | /// Retrieve the total number of subexpressions in this |
5369 | /// designated initializer expression, including the actual |
5370 | /// initialized value and any expressions that occur within array |
5371 | /// and array-range designators. |
5372 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; } |
5373 | |
5374 | Expr *getSubExpr(unsigned Idx) const { |
5375 | assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range" ); |
5376 | return cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[Idx]); |
5377 | } |
5378 | |
5379 | void setSubExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr *E) { |
5380 | assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range" ); |
5381 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[Idx] = E; |
5382 | } |
5383 | |
5384 | /// Replaces the designator at index @p Idx with the series |
5385 | /// of designators in [First, Last). |
5386 | void ExpandDesignator(const ASTContext &C, unsigned Idx, |
5387 | const Designator *First, const Designator *Last); |
5388 | |
5389 | SourceRange () const; |
5390 | |
5391 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
5392 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
5393 | |
5394 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
5395 | return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitExprClass; |
5396 | } |
5397 | |
5398 | // Iterators |
5399 | child_range children() { |
5400 | Stmt **begin = getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); |
5401 | return child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs); |
5402 | } |
5403 | const_child_range children() const { |
5404 | Stmt * const *begin = getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); |
5405 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs); |
5406 | } |
5407 | |
5408 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5409 | }; |
5410 | |
5411 | /// Represents a place-holder for an object not to be initialized by |
5412 | /// anything. |
5413 | /// |
5414 | /// This only makes sense when it appears as part of an updater of a |
5415 | /// DesignatedInitUpdateExpr (see below). The base expression of a DIUE |
5416 | /// initializes a big object, and the NoInitExpr's mark the spots within the |
5417 | /// big object not to be overwritten by the updater. |
5418 | /// |
5419 | /// \see DesignatedInitUpdateExpr |
5420 | class NoInitExpr : public Expr { |
5421 | public: |
5422 | explicit NoInitExpr(QualType ty) |
5423 | : Expr(NoInitExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { |
5424 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
5425 | } |
5426 | |
5427 | explicit NoInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
5428 | : Expr(NoInitExprClass, Empty) { } |
5429 | |
5430 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
5431 | return T->getStmtClass() == NoInitExprClass; |
5432 | } |
5433 | |
5434 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
5435 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
5436 | |
5437 | // Iterators |
5438 | child_range children() { |
5439 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
5440 | } |
5441 | const_child_range children() const { |
5442 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
5443 | } |
5444 | }; |
5445 | |
5446 | // In cases like: |
5447 | // struct Q { int a, b, c; }; |
5448 | // Q *getQ(); |
5449 | // void foo() { |
5450 | // struct A { Q q; } a = { *getQ(), .q.b = 3 }; |
5451 | // } |
5452 | // |
5453 | // We will have an InitListExpr for a, with type A, and then a |
5454 | // DesignatedInitUpdateExpr for "a.q" with type Q. The "base" for this DIUE |
5455 | // is the call expression *getQ(); the "updater" for the DIUE is ".q.b = 3" |
5456 | // |
5457 | class DesignatedInitUpdateExpr : public Expr { |
5458 | // BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] is the base expression; |
5459 | // BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1] is an InitListExpr overwriting part of the base. |
5460 | Stmt *BaseAndUpdaterExprs[2]; |
5461 | |
5462 | public: |
5463 | DesignatedInitUpdateExpr(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation lBraceLoc, |
5464 | Expr *baseExprs, SourceLocation rBraceLoc); |
5465 | |
5466 | explicit DesignatedInitUpdateExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
5467 | : Expr(DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass, Empty) { } |
5468 | |
5469 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
5470 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
5471 | |
5472 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
5473 | return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass; |
5474 | } |
5475 | |
5476 | Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0]); } |
5477 | void setBase(Expr *Base) { BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] = Base; } |
5478 | |
5479 | InitListExpr *getUpdater() const { |
5480 | return cast<InitListExpr>(Val: BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1]); |
5481 | } |
5482 | void setUpdater(Expr *Updater) { BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1] = Updater; } |
5483 | |
5484 | // Iterators |
5485 | // children = the base and the updater |
5486 | child_range children() { |
5487 | return child_range(&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0], &BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] + 2); |
5488 | } |
5489 | const_child_range children() const { |
5490 | return const_child_range(&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0], |
5491 | &BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] + 2); |
5492 | } |
5493 | }; |
5494 | |
5495 | /// Represents a loop initializing the elements of an array. |
5496 | /// |
5497 | /// The need to initialize the elements of an array occurs in a number of |
5498 | /// contexts: |
5499 | /// |
5500 | /// * in the implicit copy/move constructor for a class with an array member |
5501 | /// * when a lambda-expression captures an array by value |
5502 | /// * when a decomposition declaration decomposes an array |
5503 | /// |
5504 | /// There are two subexpressions: a common expression (the source array) |
5505 | /// that is evaluated once up-front, and a per-element initializer that |
5506 | /// runs once for each array element. |
5507 | /// |
5508 | /// Within the per-element initializer, the common expression may be referenced |
5509 | /// via an OpaqueValueExpr, and the current index may be obtained via an |
5510 | /// ArrayInitIndexExpr. |
5511 | class ArrayInitLoopExpr : public Expr { |
5512 | Stmt *SubExprs[2]; |
5513 | |
5514 | explicit ArrayInitLoopExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
5515 | : Expr(ArrayInitLoopExprClass, Empty), SubExprs{} {} |
5516 | |
5517 | public: |
5518 | explicit ArrayInitLoopExpr(QualType T, Expr *CommonInit, Expr *ElementInit) |
5519 | : Expr(ArrayInitLoopExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), |
5520 | SubExprs{CommonInit, ElementInit} { |
5521 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
5522 | } |
5523 | |
5524 | /// Get the common subexpression shared by all initializations (the source |
5525 | /// array). |
5526 | OpaqueValueExpr *getCommonExpr() const { |
5527 | return cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Val: SubExprs[0]); |
5528 | } |
5529 | |
5530 | /// Get the initializer to use for each array element. |
5531 | Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SubExprs[1]); } |
5532 | |
5533 | llvm::APInt getArraySize() const { |
5534 | return cast<ConstantArrayType>(getType()->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
5535 | ->getSize(); |
5536 | } |
5537 | |
5538 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { |
5539 | return S->getStmtClass() == ArrayInitLoopExprClass; |
5540 | } |
5541 | |
5542 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
5543 | return getCommonExpr()->getBeginLoc(); |
5544 | } |
5545 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
5546 | return getCommonExpr()->getEndLoc(); |
5547 | } |
5548 | |
5549 | child_range children() { |
5550 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2); |
5551 | } |
5552 | const_child_range children() const { |
5553 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2); |
5554 | } |
5555 | |
5556 | friend class ASTReader; |
5557 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
5558 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
5559 | }; |
5560 | |
5561 | /// Represents the index of the current element of an array being |
5562 | /// initialized by an ArrayInitLoopExpr. This can only appear within the |
5563 | /// subexpression of an ArrayInitLoopExpr. |
5564 | class ArrayInitIndexExpr : public Expr { |
5565 | explicit ArrayInitIndexExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
5566 | : Expr(ArrayInitIndexExprClass, Empty) {} |
5567 | |
5568 | public: |
5569 | explicit ArrayInitIndexExpr(QualType T) |
5570 | : Expr(ArrayInitIndexExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { |
5571 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); |
5572 | } |
5573 | |
5574 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { |
5575 | return S->getStmtClass() == ArrayInitIndexExprClass; |
5576 | } |
5577 | |
5578 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
5579 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
5580 | |
5581 | child_range children() { |
5582 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
5583 | } |
5584 | const_child_range children() const { |
5585 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
5586 | } |
5587 | |
5588 | friend class ASTReader; |
5589 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
5590 | }; |
5591 | |
5592 | /// Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of |
5593 | /// an object of a given type. |
5594 | /// |
5595 | /// Implicit value initializations occur within semantic initializer |
5596 | /// list expressions (InitListExpr) as placeholders for subobject |
5597 | /// initializations not explicitly specified by the user. |
5598 | /// |
5599 | /// \see InitListExpr |
5600 | class ImplicitValueInitExpr : public Expr { |
5601 | public: |
5602 | explicit ImplicitValueInitExpr(QualType ty) |
5603 | : Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { |
5604 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
5605 | } |
5606 | |
5607 | /// Construct an empty implicit value initialization. |
5608 | explicit ImplicitValueInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
5609 | : Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, Empty) { } |
5610 | |
5611 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
5612 | return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitValueInitExprClass; |
5613 | } |
5614 | |
5615 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
5616 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
5617 | |
5618 | // Iterators |
5619 | child_range children() { |
5620 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
5621 | } |
5622 | const_child_range children() const { |
5623 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
5624 | } |
5625 | }; |
5626 | |
5627 | class ParenListExpr final |
5628 | : public Expr, |
5629 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ParenListExpr, Stmt *> { |
5630 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
5631 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5632 | |
5633 | /// The location of the left and right parentheses. |
5634 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc; |
5635 | |
5636 | /// Build a paren list. |
5637 | ParenListExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, |
5638 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5639 | |
5640 | /// Build an empty paren list. |
5641 | ParenListExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumExprs); |
5642 | |
5643 | public: |
5644 | /// Create a paren list. |
5645 | static ParenListExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5646 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, |
5647 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5648 | |
5649 | /// Create an empty paren list. |
5650 | static ParenListExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumExprs); |
5651 | |
5652 | /// Return the number of expressions in this paren list. |
5653 | unsigned getNumExprs() const { return ParenListExprBits.NumExprs; } |
5654 | |
5655 | Expr *getExpr(unsigned Init) { |
5656 | assert(Init < getNumExprs() && "Initializer access out of range!" ); |
5657 | return getExprs()[Init]; |
5658 | } |
5659 | |
5660 | const Expr *getExpr(unsigned Init) const { |
5661 | return const_cast<ParenListExpr *>(this)->getExpr(Init); |
5662 | } |
5663 | |
5664 | Expr **getExprs() { |
5665 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()); |
5666 | } |
5667 | |
5668 | ArrayRef<Expr *> exprs() { return llvm::ArrayRef(getExprs(), getNumExprs()); } |
5669 | |
5670 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } |
5671 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
5672 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLParenLoc(); } |
5673 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } |
5674 | |
5675 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
5676 | return T->getStmtClass() == ParenListExprClass; |
5677 | } |
5678 | |
5679 | // Iterators |
5680 | child_range children() { |
5681 | return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
5682 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + getNumExprs()); |
5683 | } |
5684 | const_child_range children() const { |
5685 | return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
5686 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + getNumExprs()); |
5687 | } |
5688 | }; |
5689 | |
5690 | /// Represents a C11 generic selection. |
5691 | /// |
5692 | /// A generic selection (C11 6.5.1.1) contains an unevaluated controlling |
5693 | /// expression, followed by one or more generic associations. Each generic |
5694 | /// association specifies a type name and an expression, or "default" and an |
5695 | /// expression (in which case it is known as a default generic association). |
5696 | /// The type and value of the generic selection are identical to those of its |
5697 | /// result expression, which is defined as the expression in the generic |
5698 | /// association with a type name that is compatible with the type of the |
5699 | /// controlling expression, or the expression in the default generic association |
5700 | /// if no types are compatible. For example: |
5701 | /// |
5702 | /// @code |
5703 | /// _Generic(X, double: 1, float: 2, default: 3) |
5704 | /// @endcode |
5705 | /// |
5706 | /// The above expression evaluates to 1 if 1.0 is substituted for X, 2 if 1.0f |
5707 | /// or 3 if "hello". |
5708 | /// |
5709 | /// As an extension, generic selections are allowed in C++, where the following |
5710 | /// additional semantics apply: |
5711 | /// |
5712 | /// Any generic selection whose controlling expression is type-dependent or |
5713 | /// which names a dependent type in its association list is result-dependent, |
5714 | /// which means that the choice of result expression is dependent. |
5715 | /// Result-dependent generic associations are both type- and value-dependent. |
5716 | /// |
5717 | /// We also allow an extended form in both C and C++ where the controlling |
5718 | /// predicate for the selection expression is a type rather than an expression. |
5719 | /// This type argument form does not perform any conversions for the |
5720 | /// controlling type, which makes it suitable for use with qualified type |
5721 | /// associations, which is not possible with the expression form. |
5722 | class GenericSelectionExpr final |
5723 | : public Expr, |
5724 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<GenericSelectionExpr, Stmt *, |
5725 | TypeSourceInfo *> { |
5726 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
5727 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
5728 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5729 | |
5730 | /// The number of association expressions and the index of the result |
5731 | /// expression in the case where the generic selection expression is not |
5732 | /// result-dependent. The result index is equal to ResultDependentIndex |
5733 | /// if and only if the generic selection expression is result-dependent. |
5734 | unsigned NumAssocs : 15; |
5735 | unsigned ResultIndex : 15; // NB: ResultDependentIndex is tied to this width. |
5736 | LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool) |
5737 | unsigned IsExprPredicate : 1; |
5738 | enum : unsigned { |
5739 | ResultDependentIndex = 0x7FFF |
5740 | }; |
5741 | |
5742 | unsigned getIndexOfControllingExpression() const { |
5743 | // If controlled by an expression, the first offset into the Stmt * |
5744 | // trailing array is the controlling expression, the associated expressions |
5745 | // follow this. |
5746 | assert(isExprPredicate() && "Asking for the controlling expression of a " |
5747 | "selection expr predicated by a type" ); |
5748 | return 0; |
5749 | } |
5750 | |
5751 | unsigned getIndexOfControllingType() const { |
5752 | // If controlled by a type, the first offset into the TypeSourceInfo * |
5753 | // trailing array is the controlling type, the associated types follow this. |
5754 | assert(isTypePredicate() && "Asking for the controlling type of a " |
5755 | "selection expr predicated by an expression" ); |
5756 | return 0; |
5757 | } |
5758 | |
5759 | unsigned getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs() const { |
5760 | // If the predicate is a type, then the associated expressions are the only |
5761 | // Stmt * in the trailing array, otherwise we need to offset past the |
5762 | // predicate expression. |
5763 | return (int)isExprPredicate(); |
5764 | } |
5765 | |
5766 | unsigned getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes() const { |
5767 | // If the predicate is a type, then the associated types follow it in the |
5768 | // trailing array. Otherwise, the associated types are the only |
5769 | // TypeSourceInfo * in the trailing array. |
5770 | return (int)isTypePredicate(); |
5771 | } |
5772 | |
5773 | |
5774 | /// The location of the "default" and of the right parenthesis. |
5775 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, RParenLoc; |
5776 | |
5777 | // GenericSelectionExpr is followed by several trailing objects. |
5778 | // They are (in order): |
5779 | // |
5780 | // * A single Stmt * for the controlling expression or a TypeSourceInfo * for |
5781 | // the controlling type, depending on the result of isTypePredicate() or |
5782 | // isExprPredicate(). |
5783 | // * An array of getNumAssocs() Stmt * for the association expressions. |
5784 | // * An array of getNumAssocs() TypeSourceInfo *, one for each of the |
5785 | // association expressions. |
5786 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>) const { |
5787 | // Add one to account for the controlling expression; the remainder |
5788 | // are the associated expressions. |
5789 | return getNumAssocs() + (int)isExprPredicate(); |
5790 | } |
5791 | |
5792 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<TypeSourceInfo *>) const { |
5793 | // Add one to account for the controlling type predicate, the remainder |
5794 | // are the associated types. |
5795 | return getNumAssocs() + (int)isTypePredicate(); |
5796 | } |
5797 | |
5798 | template <bool Const> class AssociationIteratorTy; |
5799 | /// Bundle together an association expression and its TypeSourceInfo. |
5800 | /// The Const template parameter is for the const and non-const versions |
5801 | /// of AssociationTy. |
5802 | template <bool Const> class AssociationTy { |
5803 | friend class GenericSelectionExpr; |
5804 | template <bool OtherConst> friend class AssociationIteratorTy; |
5805 | using ExprPtrTy = std::conditional_t<Const, const Expr *, Expr *>; |
5806 | using TSIPtrTy = |
5807 | std::conditional_t<Const, const TypeSourceInfo *, TypeSourceInfo *>; |
5808 | ExprPtrTy E; |
5809 | TSIPtrTy TSI; |
5810 | bool Selected; |
5811 | AssociationTy(ExprPtrTy E, TSIPtrTy TSI, bool Selected) |
5812 | : E(E), TSI(TSI), Selected(Selected) {} |
5813 | |
5814 | public: |
5815 | ExprPtrTy getAssociationExpr() const { return E; } |
5816 | TSIPtrTy getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TSI; } |
5817 | QualType getType() const { return TSI ? TSI->getType() : QualType(); } |
5818 | bool isSelected() const { return Selected; } |
5819 | AssociationTy *operator->() { return this; } |
5820 | const AssociationTy *operator->() const { return this; } |
5821 | }; // class AssociationTy |
5822 | |
5823 | /// Iterator over const and non-const Association objects. The Association |
5824 | /// objects are created on the fly when the iterator is dereferenced. |
5825 | /// This abstract over how exactly the association expressions and the |
5826 | /// corresponding TypeSourceInfo * are stored. |
5827 | template <bool Const> |
5828 | class AssociationIteratorTy |
5829 | : public llvm::iterator_facade_base< |
5830 | AssociationIteratorTy<Const>, std::input_iterator_tag, |
5831 | AssociationTy<Const>, std::ptrdiff_t, AssociationTy<Const>, |
5832 | AssociationTy<Const>> { |
5833 | friend class GenericSelectionExpr; |
5834 | // FIXME: This iterator could conceptually be a random access iterator, and |
5835 | // it would be nice if we could strengthen the iterator category someday. |
5836 | // However this iterator does not satisfy two requirements of forward |
5837 | // iterators: |
5838 | // a) reference = T& or reference = const T& |
5839 | // b) If It1 and It2 are both dereferenceable, then It1 == It2 if and only |
5840 | // if *It1 and *It2 are bound to the same objects. |
5841 | // An alternative design approach was discussed during review; |
5842 | // store an Association object inside the iterator, and return a reference |
5843 | // to it when dereferenced. This idea was discarded beacuse of nasty |
5844 | // lifetime issues: |
5845 | // AssociationIterator It = ...; |
5846 | // const Association &Assoc = *It++; // Oops, Assoc is dangling. |
5847 | using BaseTy = typename AssociationIteratorTy::iterator_facade_base; |
5848 | using StmtPtrPtrTy = |
5849 | std::conditional_t<Const, const Stmt *const *, Stmt **>; |
5850 | using TSIPtrPtrTy = std::conditional_t<Const, const TypeSourceInfo *const *, |
5851 | TypeSourceInfo **>; |
5852 | StmtPtrPtrTy E = nullptr; |
5853 | TSIPtrPtrTy TSI; // Kept in sync with E. |
5854 | unsigned Offset = 0, SelectedOffset = 0; |
5855 | AssociationIteratorTy(StmtPtrPtrTy E, TSIPtrPtrTy TSI, unsigned Offset, |
5856 | unsigned SelectedOffset) |
5857 | : E(E), TSI(TSI), Offset(Offset), SelectedOffset(SelectedOffset) {} |
5858 | |
5859 | public: |
5860 | AssociationIteratorTy() : E(nullptr), TSI(nullptr) {} |
5861 | typename BaseTy::reference operator*() const { |
5862 | return AssociationTy<Const>(cast<Expr>(*E), *TSI, |
5863 | Offset == SelectedOffset); |
5864 | } |
5865 | typename BaseTy::pointer operator->() const { return **this; } |
5866 | using BaseTy::operator++; |
5867 | AssociationIteratorTy &operator++() { |
5868 | ++E; |
5869 | ++TSI; |
5870 | ++Offset; |
5871 | return *this; |
5872 | } |
5873 | bool operator==(AssociationIteratorTy Other) const { return E == Other.E; } |
5874 | }; // class AssociationIterator |
5875 | |
5876 | /// Build a non-result-dependent generic selection expression accepting an |
5877 | /// expression predicate. |
5878 | GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
5879 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
5880 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
5881 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5882 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5883 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
5884 | unsigned ResultIndex); |
5885 | |
5886 | /// Build a result-dependent generic selection expression accepting an |
5887 | /// expression predicate. |
5888 | GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
5889 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
5890 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
5891 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5892 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5893 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); |
5894 | |
5895 | /// Build a non-result-dependent generic selection expression accepting a |
5896 | /// type predicate. |
5897 | GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
5898 | TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType, |
5899 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
5900 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5901 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5902 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
5903 | unsigned ResultIndex); |
5904 | |
5905 | /// Build a result-dependent generic selection expression accepting a type |
5906 | /// predicate. |
5907 | GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
5908 | TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType, |
5909 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
5910 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5911 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5912 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); |
5913 | |
5914 | /// Build an empty generic selection expression for deserialization. |
5915 | explicit GenericSelectionExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumAssocs); |
5916 | |
5917 | public: |
5918 | /// Create a non-result-dependent generic selection expression accepting an |
5919 | /// expression predicate. |
5920 | static GenericSelectionExpr * |
5921 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
5922 | Expr *ControllingExpr, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
5923 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5924 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
5925 | unsigned ResultIndex); |
5926 | |
5927 | /// Create a result-dependent generic selection expression accepting an |
5928 | /// expression predicate. |
5929 | static GenericSelectionExpr * |
5930 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
5931 | Expr *ControllingExpr, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
5932 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5933 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); |
5934 | |
5935 | /// Create a non-result-dependent generic selection expression accepting a |
5936 | /// type predicate. |
5937 | static GenericSelectionExpr * |
5938 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
5939 | TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
5940 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5941 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
5942 | unsigned ResultIndex); |
5943 | |
5944 | /// Create a result-dependent generic selection expression accepting a type |
5945 | /// predicate |
5946 | static GenericSelectionExpr * |
5947 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
5948 | TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
5949 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5950 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); |
5951 | |
5952 | /// Create an empty generic selection expression for deserialization. |
5953 | static GenericSelectionExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, |
5954 | unsigned NumAssocs); |
5955 | |
5956 | using Association = AssociationTy<false>; |
5957 | using ConstAssociation = AssociationTy<true>; |
5958 | using AssociationIterator = AssociationIteratorTy<false>; |
5959 | using ConstAssociationIterator = AssociationIteratorTy<true>; |
5960 | using association_range = llvm::iterator_range<AssociationIterator>; |
5961 | using const_association_range = |
5962 | llvm::iterator_range<ConstAssociationIterator>; |
5963 | |
5964 | /// The number of association expressions. |
5965 | unsigned getNumAssocs() const { return NumAssocs; } |
5966 | |
5967 | /// The zero-based index of the result expression's generic association in |
5968 | /// the generic selection's association list. Defined only if the |
5969 | /// generic selection is not result-dependent. |
5970 | unsigned getResultIndex() const { |
5971 | assert(!isResultDependent() && |
5972 | "Generic selection is result-dependent but getResultIndex called!" ); |
5973 | return ResultIndex; |
5974 | } |
5975 | |
5976 | /// Whether this generic selection is result-dependent. |
5977 | bool isResultDependent() const { return ResultIndex == ResultDependentIndex; } |
5978 | |
5979 | /// Whether this generic selection uses an expression as its controlling |
5980 | /// argument. |
5981 | bool isExprPredicate() const { return IsExprPredicate; } |
5982 | /// Whether this generic selection uses a type as its controlling argument. |
5983 | bool isTypePredicate() const { return !IsExprPredicate; } |
5984 | |
5985 | /// Return the controlling expression of this generic selection expression. |
5986 | /// Only valid to call if the selection expression used an expression as its |
5987 | /// controlling argument. |
5988 | Expr *getControllingExpr() { |
5989 | return cast<Expr>( |
5990 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfControllingExpression()]); |
5991 | } |
5992 | const Expr *getControllingExpr() const { |
5993 | return cast<Expr>( |
5994 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfControllingExpression()]); |
5995 | } |
5996 | |
5997 | /// Return the controlling type of this generic selection expression. Only |
5998 | /// valid to call if the selection expression used a type as its controlling |
5999 | /// argument. |
6000 | TypeSourceInfo *getControllingType() { |
6001 | return getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>()[getIndexOfControllingType()]; |
6002 | } |
6003 | const TypeSourceInfo* getControllingType() const { |
6004 | return getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>()[getIndexOfControllingType()]; |
6005 | } |
6006 | |
6007 | /// Return the result expression of this controlling expression. Defined if |
6008 | /// and only if the generic selection expression is not result-dependent. |
6009 | Expr *getResultExpr() { |
6010 | return cast<Expr>( |
6011 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs() + |
6012 | getResultIndex()]); |
6013 | } |
6014 | const Expr *getResultExpr() const { |
6015 | return cast<Expr>( |
6016 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs() + |
6017 | getResultIndex()]); |
6018 | } |
6019 | |
6020 | ArrayRef<Expr *> getAssocExprs() const { |
6021 | return {reinterpret_cast<Expr *const *>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + |
6022 | getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs()), |
6023 | NumAssocs}; |
6024 | } |
6025 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> getAssocTypeSourceInfos() const { |
6026 | return {getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>() + |
6027 | getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes(), |
6028 | NumAssocs}; |
6029 | } |
6030 | |
6031 | /// Return the Ith association expression with its TypeSourceInfo, |
6032 | /// bundled together in GenericSelectionExpr::(Const)Association. |
6033 | Association getAssociation(unsigned I) { |
6034 | assert(I < getNumAssocs() && |
6035 | "Out-of-range index in GenericSelectionExpr::getAssociation!" ); |
6036 | return Association( |
6037 | cast<Expr>( |
6038 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs() + |
6039 | I]), |
6040 | getTrailingObjects< |
6041 | TypeSourceInfo *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes() + I], |
6042 | !isResultDependent() && (getResultIndex() == I)); |
6043 | } |
6044 | ConstAssociation getAssociation(unsigned I) const { |
6045 | assert(I < getNumAssocs() && |
6046 | "Out-of-range index in GenericSelectionExpr::getAssociation!" ); |
6047 | return ConstAssociation( |
6048 | cast<Expr>( |
6049 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs() + |
6050 | I]), |
6051 | getTrailingObjects< |
6052 | TypeSourceInfo *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes() + I], |
6053 | !isResultDependent() && (getResultIndex() == I)); |
6054 | } |
6055 | |
6056 | association_range associations() { |
6057 | AssociationIterator Begin(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + |
6058 | getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs(), |
6059 | getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>() + |
6060 | getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes(), |
6061 | /*Offset=*/0, ResultIndex); |
6062 | AssociationIterator End(Begin.E + NumAssocs, Begin.TSI + NumAssocs, |
6063 | /*Offset=*/NumAssocs, ResultIndex); |
6064 | return llvm::make_range(x: Begin, y: End); |
6065 | } |
6066 | |
6067 | const_association_range associations() const { |
6068 | ConstAssociationIterator Begin(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + |
6069 | getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs(), |
6070 | getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>() + |
6071 | getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes(), |
6072 | /*Offset=*/0, ResultIndex); |
6073 | ConstAssociationIterator End(Begin.E + NumAssocs, Begin.TSI + NumAssocs, |
6074 | /*Offset=*/NumAssocs, ResultIndex); |
6075 | return llvm::make_range(x: Begin, y: End); |
6076 | } |
6077 | |
6078 | SourceLocation getGenericLoc() const { |
6079 | return GenericSelectionExprBits.GenericLoc; |
6080 | } |
6081 | SourceLocation getDefaultLoc() const { return DefaultLoc; } |
6082 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
6083 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getGenericLoc(); } |
6084 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } |
6085 | |
6086 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
6087 | return T->getStmtClass() == GenericSelectionExprClass; |
6088 | } |
6089 | |
6090 | child_range children() { |
6091 | return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
6092 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + |
6093 | numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>())); |
6094 | } |
6095 | const_child_range children() const { |
6096 | return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
6097 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + |
6098 | numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>())); |
6099 | } |
6100 | }; |
6101 | |
6102 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6103 | // Clang Extensions |
6104 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6105 | |
6106 | /// ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a |
6107 | /// vector, and may occur on the left hand side or right hand side. For example |
6108 | /// the following is legal: "V.xy = V.zw" if V is a 4 element extended vector. |
6109 | /// |
6110 | /// Note that the base may have either vector or pointer to vector type, just |
6111 | /// like a struct field reference. |
6112 | /// |
6113 | class ExtVectorElementExpr : public Expr { |
6114 | Stmt *Base; |
6115 | IdentifierInfo *Accessor; |
6116 | SourceLocation AccessorLoc; |
6117 | public: |
6118 | ExtVectorElementExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *base, |
6119 | IdentifierInfo &accessor, SourceLocation loc) |
6120 | : Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, ty, VK, |
6121 | (VK == VK_PRValue ? OK_Ordinary : OK_VectorComponent)), |
6122 | Base(base), Accessor(&accessor), AccessorLoc(loc) { |
6123 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
6124 | } |
6125 | |
6126 | /// Build an empty vector element expression. |
6127 | explicit ExtVectorElementExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
6128 | : Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, Empty) { } |
6129 | |
6130 | const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: Base); } |
6131 | Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(Val: Base); } |
6132 | void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; } |
6133 | |
6134 | IdentifierInfo &getAccessor() const { return *Accessor; } |
6135 | void setAccessor(IdentifierInfo *II) { Accessor = II; } |
6136 | |
6137 | SourceLocation getAccessorLoc() const { return AccessorLoc; } |
6138 | void setAccessorLoc(SourceLocation L) { AccessorLoc = L; } |
6139 | |
6140 | /// getNumElements - Get the number of components being selected. |
6141 | unsigned getNumElements() const; |
6142 | |
6143 | /// containsDuplicateElements - Return true if any element access is |
6144 | /// repeated. |
6145 | bool containsDuplicateElements() const; |
6146 | |
6147 | /// getEncodedElementAccess - Encode the elements accessed into an llvm |
6148 | /// aggregate Constant of ConstantInt(s). |
6149 | void getEncodedElementAccess(SmallVectorImpl<uint32_t> &Elts) const; |
6150 | |
6151 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
6152 | return getBase()->getBeginLoc(); |
6153 | } |
6154 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return AccessorLoc; } |
6155 | |
6156 | /// isArrow - Return true if the base expression is a pointer to vector, |
6157 | /// return false if the base expression is a vector. |
6158 | bool isArrow() const; |
6159 | |
6160 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
6161 | return T->getStmtClass() == ExtVectorElementExprClass; |
6162 | } |
6163 | |
6164 | // Iterators |
6165 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); } |
6166 | const_child_range children() const { |
6167 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); |
6168 | } |
6169 | }; |
6170 | |
6171 | /// BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions. |
6172 | /// ^{ statement-body } or ^(int arg1, float arg2){ statement-body } |
6173 | class BlockExpr : public Expr { |
6174 | protected: |
6175 | BlockDecl *TheBlock; |
6176 | public: |
6177 | BlockExpr(BlockDecl *BD, QualType ty) |
6178 | : Expr(BlockExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), TheBlock(BD) { |
6179 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
6180 | } |
6181 | |
6182 | /// Build an empty block expression. |
6183 | explicit BlockExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(BlockExprClass, Empty) { } |
6184 | |
6185 | const BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() const { return TheBlock; } |
6186 | BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() { return TheBlock; } |
6187 | void setBlockDecl(BlockDecl *BD) { TheBlock = BD; } |
6188 | |
6189 | // Convenience functions for probing the underlying BlockDecl. |
6190 | SourceLocation getCaretLocation() const; |
6191 | const Stmt *getBody() const; |
6192 | Stmt *getBody(); |
6193 | |
6194 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
6195 | return getCaretLocation(); |
6196 | } |
6197 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
6198 | return getBody()->getEndLoc(); |
6199 | } |
6200 | |
6201 | /// getFunctionType - Return the underlying function type for this block. |
6202 | const FunctionProtoType *getFunctionType() const; |
6203 | |
6204 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
6205 | return T->getStmtClass() == BlockExprClass; |
6206 | } |
6207 | |
6208 | // Iterators |
6209 | child_range children() { |
6210 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
6211 | } |
6212 | const_child_range children() const { |
6213 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
6214 | } |
6215 | }; |
6216 | |
6217 | /// Copy initialization expr of a __block variable and a boolean flag that |
6218 | /// indicates whether the expression can throw. |
6219 | struct BlockVarCopyInit { |
6220 | BlockVarCopyInit() = default; |
6221 | BlockVarCopyInit(Expr *CopyExpr, bool CanThrow) |
6222 | : ExprAndFlag(CopyExpr, CanThrow) {} |
6223 | void setExprAndFlag(Expr *CopyExpr, bool CanThrow) { |
6224 | ExprAndFlag.setPointerAndInt(PtrVal: CopyExpr, IntVal: CanThrow); |
6225 | } |
6226 | Expr *getCopyExpr() const { return ExprAndFlag.getPointer(); } |
6227 | bool canThrow() const { return ExprAndFlag.getInt(); } |
6228 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 1, bool> ExprAndFlag; |
6229 | }; |
6230 | |
6231 | /// AsTypeExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_astype [OpenCL 6.2.4.2] |
6232 | /// This AST node provides support for reinterpreting a type to another |
6233 | /// type of the same size. |
6234 | class AsTypeExpr : public Expr { |
6235 | private: |
6236 | Stmt *SrcExpr; |
6237 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
6238 | |
6239 | friend class ASTReader; |
6240 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
6241 | explicit AsTypeExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, Empty) {} |
6242 | |
6243 | public: |
6244 | AsTypeExpr(Expr *SrcExpr, QualType DstType, ExprValueKind VK, |
6245 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
6246 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) |
6247 | : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, DstType, VK, OK), SrcExpr(SrcExpr), |
6248 | BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) { |
6249 | setDependence(computeDependence(E: this)); |
6250 | } |
6251 | |
6252 | /// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted. |
6253 | Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val: SrcExpr); } |
6254 | |
6255 | /// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_astype token. |
6256 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
6257 | |
6258 | /// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis. |
6259 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
6260 | |
6261 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
6262 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
6263 | |
6264 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
6265 | return T->getStmtClass() == AsTypeExprClass; |
6266 | } |
6267 | |
6268 | // Iterators |
6269 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); } |
6270 | const_child_range children() const { |
6271 | return const_child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr + 1); |
6272 | } |
6273 | }; |
6274 | |
6275 | /// PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object |
6276 | /// l-value. A pseudo-object is an abstract object, accesses to which |
6277 | /// are translated to calls. The pseudo-object expression has a |
6278 | /// syntactic form, which shows how the expression was actually |
6279 | /// written in the source code, and a semantic form, which is a series |
6280 | /// of expressions to be executed in order which detail how the |
6281 | /// operation is actually evaluated. Optionally, one of the semantic |
6282 | /// forms may also provide a result value for the expression. |
6283 | /// |
6284 | /// If any of the semantic-form expressions is an OpaqueValueExpr, |
6285 | /// that OVE is required to have a source expression, and it is bound |
6286 | /// to the result of that source expression. Such OVEs may appear |
6287 | /// only in subsequent semantic-form expressions and as |
6288 | /// sub-expressions of the syntactic form. |
6289 | /// |
6290 | /// PseudoObjectExpr should be used only when an operation can be |
6291 | /// usefully described in terms of fairly simple rewrite rules on |
6292 | /// objects and functions that are meant to be used by end-developers. |
6293 | /// For example, under the Itanium ABI, dynamic casts are implemented |
6294 | /// as a call to a runtime function called __dynamic_cast; using this |
6295 | /// class to describe that would be inappropriate because that call is |
6296 | /// not really part of the user-visible semantics, and instead the |
6297 | /// cast is properly reflected in the AST and IR-generation has been |
6298 | /// taught to generate the call as necessary. In contrast, an |
6299 | /// Objective-C property access is semantically defined to be |
6300 | /// equivalent to a particular message send, and this is very much |
6301 | /// part of the user model. The name of this class encourages this |
6302 | /// modelling design. |
6303 | class PseudoObjectExpr final |
6304 | : public Expr, |
6305 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PseudoObjectExpr, Expr *> { |
6306 | // PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs - The number of sub-expressions. |
6307 | // Always at least two, because the first sub-expression is the |
6308 | // syntactic form. |
6309 | |
6310 | // PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - The index of the |
6311 | // sub-expression holding the result. 0 means the result is void, |
6312 | // which is unambiguous because it's the index of the syntactic |
6313 | // form. Note that this is therefore 1 higher than the value passed |
6314 | // in to Create, which is an index within the semantic forms. |
6315 | // Note also that ASTStmtWriter assumes this encoding. |
6316 | |
6317 | Expr **getSubExprsBuffer() { return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); } |
6318 | const Expr * const *getSubExprsBuffer() const { |
6319 | return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
6320 | } |
6321 | |
6322 | PseudoObjectExpr(QualType type, ExprValueKind VK, |
6323 | Expr *syntactic, ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic, |
6324 | unsigned resultIndex); |
6325 | |
6326 | PseudoObjectExpr(EmptyShell shell, unsigned numSemanticExprs); |
6327 | |
6328 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { |
6329 | return PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs; |
6330 | } |
6331 | |
6332 | public: |
6333 | /// NoResult - A value for the result index indicating that there is |
6334 | /// no semantic result. |
6335 | enum : unsigned { NoResult = ~0U }; |
6336 | |
6337 | static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *syntactic, |
6338 | ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic, |
6339 | unsigned resultIndex); |
6340 | |
6341 | static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, EmptyShell shell, |
6342 | unsigned numSemanticExprs); |
6343 | |
6344 | /// Return the syntactic form of this expression, i.e. the |
6345 | /// expression it actually looks like. Likely to be expressed in |
6346 | /// terms of OpaqueValueExprs bound in the semantic form. |
6347 | Expr *getSyntacticForm() { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; } |
6348 | const Expr *getSyntacticForm() const { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; } |
6349 | |
6350 | /// Return the index of the result-bearing expression into the semantics |
6351 | /// expressions, or PseudoObjectExpr::NoResult if there is none. |
6352 | unsigned getResultExprIndex() const { |
6353 | if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0) return NoResult; |
6354 | return PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - 1; |
6355 | } |
6356 | |
6357 | /// Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none. |
6358 | Expr *getResultExpr() { |
6359 | if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0) |
6360 | return nullptr; |
6361 | return getSubExprsBuffer()[PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex]; |
6362 | } |
6363 | const Expr *getResultExpr() const { |
6364 | return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getResultExpr(); |
6365 | } |
6366 | |
6367 | unsigned getNumSemanticExprs() const { return getNumSubExprs() - 1; } |
6368 | |
6369 | typedef Expr * const *semantics_iterator; |
6370 | typedef const Expr * const *const_semantics_iterator; |
6371 | semantics_iterator semantics_begin() { |
6372 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1; |
6373 | } |
6374 | const_semantics_iterator semantics_begin() const { |
6375 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1; |
6376 | } |
6377 | semantics_iterator semantics_end() { |
6378 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs(); |
6379 | } |
6380 | const_semantics_iterator semantics_end() const { |
6381 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs(); |
6382 | } |
6383 | |
6384 | ArrayRef<Expr*> semantics() { |
6385 | return ArrayRef(semantics_begin(), semantics_end()); |
6386 | } |
6387 | ArrayRef<const Expr*> semantics() const { |
6388 | return ArrayRef(semantics_begin(), semantics_end()); |
6389 | } |
6390 | |
6391 | Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) { |
6392 | assert(index + 1 < getNumSubExprs()); |
6393 | return getSubExprsBuffer()[index + 1]; |
6394 | } |
6395 | const Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) const { |
6396 | return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getSemanticExpr(index); |
6397 | } |
6398 | |
6399 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
6400 | return getSyntacticForm()->getExprLoc(); |
6401 | } |
6402 | |
6403 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
6404 | return getSyntacticForm()->getBeginLoc(); |
6405 | } |
6406 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
6407 | return getSyntacticForm()->getEndLoc(); |
6408 | } |
6409 | |
6410 | child_range children() { |
6411 | const_child_range CCR = |
6412 | const_cast<const PseudoObjectExpr *>(this)->children(); |
6413 | return child_range(cast_away_const(RHS: CCR.begin()), |
6414 | cast_away_const(RHS: CCR.end())); |
6415 | } |
6416 | const_child_range children() const { |
6417 | Stmt *const *cs = const_cast<Stmt *const *>( |
6418 | reinterpret_cast<const Stmt *const *>(getSubExprsBuffer())); |
6419 | return const_child_range(cs, cs + getNumSubExprs()); |
6420 | } |
6421 | |
6422 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
6423 | return T->getStmtClass() == PseudoObjectExprClass; |
6424 | } |
6425 | |
6426 | friend TrailingObjects; |
6427 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
6428 | }; |
6429 | |
6430 | /// AtomicExpr - Variadic atomic builtins: __atomic_exchange, __atomic_fetch_*, |
6431 | /// __atomic_load, __atomic_store, and __atomic_compare_exchange_*, for the |
6432 | /// similarly-named C++11 instructions, and __c11 variants for <stdatomic.h>, |
6433 | /// and corresponding __opencl_atomic_* for OpenCL 2.0. |
6434 | /// All of these instructions take one primary pointer, at least one memory |
6435 | /// order. The instructions for which getScopeModel returns non-null value |
6436 | /// take one synch scope. |
6437 | class AtomicExpr : public Expr { |
6438 | public: |
6439 | enum AtomicOp { |
6440 | #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) |
6441 | #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) AO ## ID, |
6442 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.inc" |
6443 | // Avoid trailing comma |
6444 | BI_First = 0 |
6445 | }; |
6446 | |
6447 | private: |
6448 | /// Location of sub-expressions. |
6449 | /// The location of Scope sub-expression is NumSubExprs - 1, which is |
6450 | /// not fixed, therefore is not defined in enum. |
6451 | enum { PTR, ORDER, VAL1, ORDER_FAIL, VAL2, WEAK, END_EXPR }; |
6452 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR + 1]; |
6453 | unsigned NumSubExprs; |
6454 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
6455 | AtomicOp Op; |
6456 | |
6457 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
6458 | public: |
6459 | AtomicExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType t, |
6460 | AtomicOp op, SourceLocation RP); |
6461 | |
6462 | /// Determine the number of arguments the specified atomic builtin |
6463 | /// should have. |
6464 | static unsigned getNumSubExprs(AtomicOp Op); |
6465 | |
6466 | /// Build an empty AtomicExpr. |
6467 | explicit AtomicExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AtomicExprClass, Empty) { } |
6468 | |
6469 | Expr *getPtr() const { |
6470 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[PTR]); |
6471 | } |
6472 | Expr *getOrder() const { |
6473 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]); |
6474 | } |
6475 | Expr *getScope() const { |
6476 | assert(getScopeModel() && "No scope" ); |
6477 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[NumSubExprs - 1]); |
6478 | } |
6479 | Expr *getVal1() const { |
6480 | if (Op == AO__c11_atomic_init || Op == AO__opencl_atomic_init) |
6481 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]); |
6482 | assert(NumSubExprs > VAL1); |
6483 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL1]); |
6484 | } |
6485 | Expr *getOrderFail() const { |
6486 | assert(NumSubExprs > ORDER_FAIL); |
6487 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]); |
6488 | } |
6489 | Expr *getVal2() const { |
6490 | if (Op == AO__atomic_exchange || Op == AO__scoped_atomic_exchange) |
6491 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]); |
6492 | assert(NumSubExprs > VAL2); |
6493 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL2]); |
6494 | } |
6495 | Expr *getWeak() const { |
6496 | assert(NumSubExprs > WEAK); |
6497 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[WEAK]); |
6498 | } |
6499 | QualType getValueType() const; |
6500 | |
6501 | AtomicOp getOp() const { return Op; } |
6502 | StringRef getOpAsString() const { |
6503 | switch (Op) { |
6504 | #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) |
6505 | #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \ |
6506 | case AO##ID: \ |
6507 | return #ID; |
6508 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.inc" |
6509 | } |
6510 | llvm_unreachable("not an atomic operator?" ); |
6511 | } |
6512 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; } |
6513 | |
6514 | Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); } |
6515 | const Expr * const *getSubExprs() const { |
6516 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(SubExprs); |
6517 | } |
6518 | |
6519 | bool isVolatile() const { |
6520 | return getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified(); |
6521 | } |
6522 | |
6523 | bool isCmpXChg() const { |
6524 | return getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong || |
6525 | getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak || |
6526 | getOp() == AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_strong || |
6527 | getOp() == AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong || |
6528 | getOp() == AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_weak || |
6529 | getOp() == AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_weak || |
6530 | getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange || |
6531 | getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n || |
6532 | getOp() == AO__scoped_atomic_compare_exchange || |
6533 | getOp() == AO__scoped_atomic_compare_exchange_n; |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | bool isOpenCL() const { |
6537 | return getOp() >= AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong && |
6538 | getOp() <= AO__opencl_atomic_store; |
6539 | } |
6540 | |
6541 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
6542 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
6543 | |
6544 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
6545 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
6546 | |
6547 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
6548 | return T->getStmtClass() == AtomicExprClass; |
6549 | } |
6550 | |
6551 | // Iterators |
6552 | child_range children() { |
6553 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs+NumSubExprs); |
6554 | } |
6555 | const_child_range children() const { |
6556 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NumSubExprs); |
6557 | } |
6558 | |
6559 | /// Get atomic scope model for the atomic op code. |
6560 | /// \return empty atomic scope model if the atomic op code does not have |
6561 | /// scope operand. |
6562 | static std::unique_ptr<AtomicScopeModel> getScopeModel(AtomicOp Op) { |
6563 | // FIXME: Allow grouping of builtins to be able to only check >= and <= |
6564 | if (Op >= AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong && |
6565 | Op <= AO__opencl_atomic_store && Op != AO__opencl_atomic_init) |
6566 | return AtomicScopeModel::create(K: AtomicScopeModelKind::OpenCL); |
6567 | if (Op >= AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_strong && |
6568 | Op <= AO__hip_atomic_store) |
6569 | return AtomicScopeModel::create(K: AtomicScopeModelKind::HIP); |
6570 | if (Op >= AO__scoped_atomic_add_fetch && Op <= AO__scoped_atomic_xor_fetch) |
6571 | return AtomicScopeModel::create(K: AtomicScopeModelKind::Generic); |
6572 | return AtomicScopeModel::create(K: AtomicScopeModelKind::None); |
6573 | } |
6574 | |
6575 | /// Get atomic scope model. |
6576 | /// \return empty atomic scope model if this atomic expression does not have |
6577 | /// scope operand. |
6578 | std::unique_ptr<AtomicScopeModel> getScopeModel() const { |
6579 | return getScopeModel(getOp()); |
6580 | } |
6581 | }; |
6582 | |
6583 | /// TypoExpr - Internal placeholder for expressions where typo correction |
6584 | /// still needs to be performed and/or an error diagnostic emitted. |
6585 | class TypoExpr : public Expr { |
6586 | // The location for the typo name. |
6587 | SourceLocation TypoLoc; |
6588 | |
6589 | public: |
6590 | TypoExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation TypoLoc) |
6591 | : Expr(TypoExprClass, T, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), TypoLoc(TypoLoc) { |
6592 | assert(T->isDependentType() && "TypoExpr given a non-dependent type" ); |
6593 | setDependence(ExprDependence::TypeValueInstantiation | |
6594 | ExprDependence::Error); |
6595 | } |
6596 | |
6597 | child_range children() { |
6598 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
6599 | } |
6600 | const_child_range children() const { |
6601 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
6602 | } |
6603 | |
6604 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TypoLoc; } |
6605 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TypoLoc; } |
6606 | |
6607 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
6608 | return T->getStmtClass() == TypoExprClass; |
6609 | } |
6610 | |
6611 | }; |
6612 | |
6613 | /// Frontend produces RecoveryExprs on semantic errors that prevent creating |
6614 | /// other well-formed expressions. E.g. when type-checking of a binary operator |
6615 | /// fails, we cannot produce a BinaryOperator expression. Instead, we can choose |
6616 | /// to produce a recovery expression storing left and right operands. |
6617 | /// |
6618 | /// RecoveryExpr does not have any semantic meaning in C++, it is only useful to |
6619 | /// preserve expressions in AST that would otherwise be dropped. It captures |
6620 | /// subexpressions of some expression that we could not construct and source |
6621 | /// range covered by the expression. |
6622 | /// |
6623 | /// By default, RecoveryExpr uses dependence-bits to take advantage of existing |
6624 | /// machinery to deal with dependent code in C++, e.g. RecoveryExpr is preserved |
6625 | /// in `decltype(<broken-expr>)` as part of the `DependentDecltypeType`. In |
6626 | /// addition to that, clang does not report most errors on dependent |
6627 | /// expressions, so we get rid of bogus errors for free. However, note that |
6628 | /// unlike other dependent expressions, RecoveryExpr can be produced in |
6629 | /// non-template contexts. |
6630 | /// |
6631 | /// We will preserve the type in RecoveryExpr when the type is known, e.g. |
6632 | /// preserving the return type for a broken non-overloaded function call, a |
6633 | /// overloaded call where all candidates have the same return type. In this |
6634 | /// case, the expression is not type-dependent (unless the known type is itself |
6635 | /// dependent) |
6636 | /// |
6637 | /// One can also reliably suppress all bogus errors on expressions containing |
6638 | /// recovery expressions by examining results of Expr::containsErrors(). |
6639 | class RecoveryExpr final : public Expr, |
6640 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<RecoveryExpr, Expr *> { |
6641 | public: |
6642 | static RecoveryExpr *Create(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T, |
6643 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
6644 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs); |
6645 | static RecoveryExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumSubExprs); |
6646 | |
6647 | ArrayRef<Expr *> subExpressions() { |
6648 | auto *B = getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
6649 | return llvm::ArrayRef(B, B + NumExprs); |
6650 | } |
6651 | |
6652 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> subExpressions() const { |
6653 | return const_cast<RecoveryExpr *>(this)->subExpressions(); |
6654 | } |
6655 | |
6656 | child_range children() { |
6657 | Stmt **B = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()); |
6658 | return child_range(B, B + NumExprs); |
6659 | } |
6660 | |
6661 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return BeginLoc; } |
6662 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return EndLoc; } |
6663 | |
6664 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
6665 | return T->getStmtClass() == RecoveryExprClass; |
6666 | } |
6667 | |
6668 | private: |
6669 | RecoveryExpr(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T, SourceLocation BeginLoc, |
6670 | SourceLocation EndLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs); |
6671 | RecoveryExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumSubExprs) |
6672 | : Expr(RecoveryExprClass, Empty), NumExprs(NumSubExprs) {} |
6673 | |
6674 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>) const { return NumExprs; } |
6675 | |
6676 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, EndLoc; |
6677 | unsigned NumExprs; |
6678 | friend TrailingObjects; |
6679 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
6680 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
6681 | }; |
6682 | |
6683 | } // end namespace clang |
6684 | |
6685 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H |
6686 | |